summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/41135-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '41135-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--41135-0.txt8150
1 files changed, 8150 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/41135-0.txt b/41135-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3e9c5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41135-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8150 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 41135 ***
+
+[Illustration: THE MOST IMPORTANT "TOOL" IN THE BUILDING OF MODEL
+AEROPLANES.
+
+[_Illustration by permission from_ MESSRS. A. GALLENKAMP & CO'S.
+CHEMICAL CATALOGUE.]]
+
+
+
+
+ THE THEORY AND PRACTICE
+ OF
+ MODEL AEROPLANING
+
+ BY
+ V.E. JOHNSON, M.A.
+
+ AUTHOR OF
+ 'THE BEST SHAPE FOR AN AIRSHIP,' 'SOARING FLIGHT,'
+ 'HOW TO ADVANCE THE SCIENCE OF AERONAUTICS,'
+ 'HOW TO BUILD A MODEL AEROPLANE,' ETC.
+
+ "Model Aeroplaning is an Art in itself"
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ London
+ E. & F.N. SPON, LTD., 57 HAYMARKET
+
+ New York
+ SPON & CHAMBERLAIN, 123 LIBERTY STREET
+
+ 1910
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The object of this little book is not to describe how to construct
+some particular kind of aeroplane; this has been done elsewhere: but
+to narrate in plain language the general practice and principles of
+model aeroplaning.
+
+There is a _science_ of model aeroplaning--just as there is a science
+of model yachting and model steam and electric traction, and an
+endeavour is made in the following pages to do in some measure for
+model aeroplanes what has already been done for model yachts and
+locomotives. To achieve the best results, theory and practice must go
+hand in hand.
+
+From a series of carefully conducted experiments empirical formulæ can
+be obtained which, combined later with mathematical induction and
+deduction, may lead, not only to a more accurate and generalized law
+than that contained in the empirical formula, but to valuable
+deductions of a totally new type, embodying some general law hitherto
+quite unknown by experimentalists, which in its turn may serve as a
+foundation or stepping stone for suggesting other experiments and
+empirical formulæ which may be of especial importance, to be treated
+in _their_ turn like their predecessor. By "especial importance," I
+mean not only to "model," but "Aeroplaning" generally.
+
+As to the value of experiments on or with models with respect to
+full-sized machines, fifteen years ago I held the opinion that they
+were a very doubtful factor. I have since considerably modified that
+view, and now consider that experiments with models--if properly
+carried out, and given due, not _undue_, weight--both can and will be
+of as much use to the science of Aeronautics as they have already
+proved themselves to be in that of marine engineering.
+
+The subject of model propellers and motors has been somewhat fully
+dealt with, as but little has been published (in book form, at any
+rate) on these all-important departments. On similar grounds the
+reasons why and how a model aeroplane flies have been practically
+omitted, because these have been dealt with more or less in every book
+on heavier-than-air machines.
+
+Great care has been exercised in the selection of matter, and in the
+various facts stated herein; in most cases I have personally verified
+them; great pains have also been exercised to exclude not only
+misleading, but also doubtful matter. I have no personal axe to grind
+whatever, nor am I connected either directly or indirectly with any
+firm of aeroplane builders, model or otherwise.
+
+The statements contained in these pages are absolutely free from bias
+of any kind, and for them I am prepared to accept full responsibility.
+
+I have to thank Messrs. A.W. GAMAGE (Holborn) for the use of various
+model parts for testing purposes, and also for the use of various
+electros from their modern Aviation Catalogue; also Messrs. T.W.K.
+CLARKE & CO., of Kingston-on-Thames. For the further use of electros,
+and for permission to reproduce illustrations which have previously
+appeared in their papers, I must express my acknowledgment and thanks
+to the publishers of the "Model Engineer," "Flight," and the "Aero."
+Corrections and suggestions of any kind will be gratefully received,
+and duly acknowledged.
+
+ V.E. JOHNSON.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ INTRODUCTION.
+ PAGE
+
+ §§ 1-5. The two classes of models--First requisite of a model
+ aeroplane. § 6. An art in itself. § 7. The leading principle 1
+
+
+ CHAPTER I.
+
+ THE QUESTION OF WEIGHT.
+
+ §§ 1-2. Its primary importance both in rubber and
+ power-driven models--Professor Langley's experiences. § 3.
+ Theoretical aspect of the question. § 4. Means whereby more
+ weight can be carried--How to obtain maximum strength with
+ minimum weight. § 5. Heavy models versus light ones 4
+
+
+ CHAPTER II.
+
+ THE QUESTION OF RESISTANCE.
+
+ § 1. The chief function of a model in the medium in which it
+ travels. § 2. Resistance considered as load percentage. § 3.
+ How made up. § 4. The shape of minimum resistance. § 5. The
+ case of rubber-driven models. § 6. The aerofoil
+ surface--Shape and material as affecting this question. § 7.
+ Skin friction--Its coefficient. § 8. Experimental proofs of
+ its existence and importance 7
+
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+ THE QUESTION OF BALANCE.
+
+ § 1. automatic stability essential in a flying model. § 2.
+ theoretical researches on this question. §§ 3-6. a brief
+ summary of the chief conclusions arrived at--remarks on and
+ deductions from the same--conditions for automatic stability.
+ § 7. theory and practice--stringfellow--pénaud--tatin--the
+ question of fins--clarke's models--some further
+ considerations. § 8. longitudinal stability. § 9. transverse
+ stability. § 10. the dihedral angle. § 11. different forms of
+ the latter. § 12. the "upturned" tip. § 13. the most
+ efficient section 13
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV.
+
+ THE MOTIVE POWER.
+
+ SECTION I.--RUBBER MOTORS.
+
+ § 1. Some experiments with rubber cord. § 2. Its extension
+ under various weights. § 3. The laws of elongation
+ (stretching)--Permanent set. § 4. Effects of elongation on
+ its volume. § 5. "Stretched-twisted" rubber cord--Torque
+ experiments with rubber strands of varying length and number.
+ § 6. Results plotted as graphs--Deductions--Various
+ relations--How to obtain the most efficient
+ results--Relations between the torque and the number of
+ strands, and between the length of the strands and their
+ number. § 7. Analogy between rubber and "spring"
+ motors--Where it fails to hold. § 8. Some further practical
+ deductions. § 9. The number of revolutions that can be given
+ to rubber motors. § 10. The maximum number of turns. § 11.
+ "Lubricants" for rubber. § 12. Action of copper upon rubber.
+ § 12A. Action of water, etc. § 12B. How to preserve rubber.
+ § 13. To test rubber. § 14. The shape of the section. § 15.
+ Size of section. § 16. Geared rubber motors. § 17. The only
+ system worth consideration--Its practical difficulties. § 18.
+ Its advantages 24
+
+ SECTION II.--OTHER FORMS OF MOTORS.
+
+ § 18A. _Spring motors_; their inferiority to rubber. § 18B.
+ The most efficient form of spring motor. § 18C. _Compressed
+ air motors_--A fascinating form of motor, "on paper." § 18D.
+ The pneumatic drill--Application to a model aeroplane--Length
+ of possible flight. § 18E. The pressure in motor-car tyres.
+ § 19. Hargraves' compressed air models--The best results
+ compared with rubber motors. § 20. The effect of heating the
+ air in its passage from the reservoir to the motor--The great
+ gain in efficiency thereby attained--Liquid air--Practical
+ drawbacks to the compressed-air motor. § 21. Reducing
+ valves--Lowest working pressure. § 22. The inferiority of
+ this motor compared with the steam engine. § 22A. Tatin's
+ air-compressed motor. § 23. _Steam engine_--Steam engine
+ model--Professor Langley's models--His experiment with
+ various forms of motive power--Conclusions arrived at. § 24.
+ His steam engine models--Difficulties and failures--and final
+ success--The "boiler" the great difficulty--His model
+ described. § 25. The use of spirit or some very volatile
+ hydrocarbon in the place of water. § 26. Steam turbines.
+ § 27. Relation between "difficulty in construction" and the
+ "size of the model." § 28. Experiments in France. § 29.
+ _Petrol motors._--But few successful models. § 30. Limit to
+ size. § 31. Stanger's successful model described and
+ illustrated. § 32. One-cylinder petrol motors. § 33.
+ _Electric motors_ 39
+
+
+ CHAPTER V.
+
+ PROPELLERS OR SCREWS.
+
+ § 1. The position of the propeller. § 2. The number of
+ blades. § 3. Fan _versus_ propeller. § 4. The function of a
+ propeller. § 5. The pitch. § 6. Slip. § 7. Thrust. § 8. Pitch
+ coefficient (or ratio). § 9. Diameter. § 10. Theoretical
+ pitch. § 11. Uniform pitch. § 12. How to ascertain the pitch
+ of a propeller. § 13. Hollow-faced blades. § 14. Blade area.
+ § 15. Rate of rotation. § 16. Shrouding. § 17. General
+ design. § 18. The shape of the blades. § 19. Their general
+ contour--Propeller design--How to design a propeller. § 20.
+ Experiments with propellers--Havilland's design for
+ experiments--The author experiments on dynamic thrust and
+ model propellers generally. § 21. Fabric-covered screws.
+ § 22. Experiments with twin propellers. § 23. The Fleming
+ Williams propeller. § 24. Built-up _v._ twisted wooden
+ propellers 52
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI.
+
+ THE QUESTION OF SUSTENTATION.
+ THE CENTRE OF PRESSURE.
+
+ § 1. The centre of pressure--Automatic stability. § 2.
+ Oscillations. § 3. Arched surfaces and movements of the
+ centre of pressure--Reversal. § 4. The centre of gravity and
+ the centre of pressure. § 5. Camber. § 6. Dipping front
+ edge--Camber--The angle of incidence and camber--Attitude of
+ the Wright machine. § 7. The most efficient form of camber.
+ § 8. The instability of a deeply cambered surface. § 9.
+ Aspect ratio. § 10. Constant or varying camber. § 11. Centre
+ of pressure on arched surfaces 78
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII.
+
+ MATERIALS FOR AEROPLANE
+ CONSTRUCTION.
+
+ § 1. The choice strictly limited. § 2. Bamboo. § 3.
+ Ash--spruce-- whitewood--poplar. § 4. Steel. § 5. Umbrella
+ section steel. § 6. Steel wire. § 7. Silk. § 8. Aluminium and
+ magnalium. § 9. Alloys. § 10. Sheet ebonite--Vulcanized
+ fibre--Sheet celluloid--Mica 86
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII.
+
+ HINTS ON THE BUILDING OF MODEL
+ AEROPLANES.
+
+ § 1. The chief difficulty to overcome. § 2. General
+ design--The principle of continuity. § 3. Simple monoplane.
+ § 4. Importance of soldering. § 5. Things to avoid. § 6.
+ Aerofoil of metal--wood--or fabric. § 7. Shape of aerofoil.
+ § 8. How to camber an aerocurve without ribs. § 9. Flexible
+ joints. § 10. Single surfaces. § 11. The rod or tube carrying
+ the rubber motor. § 12. Position of the rubber. § 13. The
+ position of the centre of pressure. § 14. Elevators and
+ tails. § 15. Skids _versus_ wheels--Materials for skids.
+ § 16. Shock absorbers, how to attach--Relation between the
+ "gap" and the "chord" 93
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX.
+
+ THE STEERING OF THE MODEL.
+
+ § 1. A problem of great difficulty--Effects of propeller
+ torque. § 2. How obviated. § 3. The two-propeller
+ solution--The reason why it is only a partial success. § 4.
+ The _speed_ solution. § 5. Vertical fins. § 6. Balancing tips
+ or ailerons. § 7. Weighting. § 8. By means of transversely
+ canting the elevator. § 9. The necessity for some form of
+ "keel" 105
+
+
+ CHAPTER X.
+
+ THE LAUNCHING OF THE MODEL.
+
+ § 1. The direction in which to launch them. § 2. The
+ velocity--wooden aerofoils and fabric-covered
+ aerofoils--Poynter's launching apparatus. § 3. The launching
+ of very light models. § 4. Large size and power-driven
+ models. § 5. Models designed to rise from the
+ ground--Paulhan's prize model. § 6. The setting of the
+ elevator. § 7. The most suitable propeller for this form of
+ model. § 8. Professor Kress' method of launching. § 9. How to
+ launch a twin screw model. § 10. A prior revolution of the
+ propellers. § 11. The best angle at which to launch a model 109
+
+
+ CHAPTER XI.
+
+ HELICOPTER MODELS.
+
+ § 1. Models quite easy to make. § 2. Sir George Cayley's
+ helicopter model. § 3. Phillips' successful power-driven
+ model. § 4. Toy helicopters. § 5. Incorrect and correct way
+ of arranging the propellers. § 6. Fabric covered screws. § 7.
+ A design to obviate weight. § 8. The question of a fin or
+ keel. 113
+
+
+ CHAPTER XII.
+
+ EXPERIMENTAL RECORDS 116
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIII.
+
+ MODEL FLYING COMPETITIONS.
+
+ § 1. A few general details concerning such. § 2. Aero Models
+ Association's classification, etc. § 3. Various points to be
+ kept in mind when competing 119
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIV.
+
+ USEFUL NOTES, TABLES, FORMULÆ, ETC.
+
+ § 1. Comparative velocities. § 2. Conversions. § 3. Areas of
+ various shaped surfaces. § 4. French and English measures.
+ § 5. Useful data. § 6. Table of equivalent inclinations. § 7.
+ Table of skin friction. § 8. Table I. (metals). § 9. Table
+ II. (wind pressures). § 10. Wind pressure on various shaped
+ bodies. § 11. Table III. (lift and drift) on a cambered
+ surface. § 12. Table IV. (lift and drift)--On a plane
+ aerofoil--Deductions. § 13. Table V. (timber). § 14. Formula
+ connecting weight lifted and velocity. § 15. Formula
+ connecting models of similar design but different weights.
+ § 16. Formula connecting power and speed. § 17. Propeller
+ thrust. § 18. To determine experimentally the static thrust
+ of a propeller. § 19. Horse-power and the number of
+ revolutions. § 20. To compare one model with another. § 21.
+ Work done by a clockwork spring motor. § 22. To ascertain the
+ horse-power of a rubber motor. § 23. Foot-pounds of energy in
+ a given weight of rubber--Experimental determination of.
+ § 24. Theoretical length of flight. § 25. To test different
+ motors. § 26. Efficiency of a model. § 27. Efficiency of
+ design. § 28. Naphtha engines. § 29. Horse-power and weight
+ of model petrol motors. § 30. Formula for rating the same.
+ § 30A. Relation between static thrust of propeller and total
+ weight of model. § 31. How to find the height of an
+ inaccessible object (kite, balloon, etc.). § 32. Formula for
+ I.H.P. of model steam engines 125
+
+ APPENDIX A. Some models which have won medals at open
+ competitions 143
+
+
+
+
+GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN MODEL AEROPLANING.
+
+
+_Aeroplane._ A motor-driven flying machine which relies upon surfaces
+for its support in the air.
+
+_Monoplane_ (single). An aeroplane with one pair of outstretched
+wings.
+
+_Aerofoil._ These outstretched wings are often called aerofoil
+surfaces. One pair of wings forming one aerofoil surface.
+
+_Monoplane_ (double). An aeroplane with two aerofoils, one behind the
+other or two main planes, tandem-wise.
+
+_Biplane._ An aeroplane with two aerofoils, one below the other, or
+having two main planes superposed.
+
+_Triplane._ An aeroplane having three such aerofoils or three such
+main planes.
+
+_Multiplane._ Any such machine having more than three of the above.
+
+_Glider._ A motorless aeroplane.
+
+_Helicopter._ A flying machine in which propellers are employed to
+raise the machine in the air by their own unaided efforts.
+
+_Dihedral Angle._ A dihedral angle is an angle made by two surfaces
+that do not lie in the same plane, i.e. when the aerofoils are
+arranged V-shaped. It is better, however, to somewhat extend this
+definition, and not to consider it as necessary that the two surfaces
+_do_ actually meet, but would do so if produced thus in figure. BA and
+CD are still dihedrals, sometimes termed "upturned tips."
+
+[Illustration: Dihedrals.]
+
+_Span_ is the distance from tip to tip of the main supporting surface
+measured transversely (across) the line of flight.
+
+_Camber_ (a slight arching or convexity upwards). This term denotes
+that the aerofoil has such a curved transverse section.
+
+_Chord_ is the distance between the entering (or leading) edge of the
+main supporting surface (aerofoil) and the trailing edge of the same;
+also defined as the fore and aft dimension of the main planes measured
+in a straight line between the leading and trailing edges.
+
+ span
+ _Aspect Ratio_ is -----
+ chord
+
+_Gap_ is the vertical distance between one aerofoil and the one which
+is immediately above it.
+
+(The gap is usually made equal to the chord).
+
+_Angle of Incidence._ The angle of incidence is the angle made by the
+chord with the line of flight.
+
+[Illustration:
+
+ AB = chord. AB = cambered surface.
+ SP = line of flight. ASP = {alpha} = L of incidence.]
+
+_Width._ The width of an aerofoil is the distance from the front to
+the rear edge, allowing for camber.
+
+_Length._ This term is usually applied to the machine as a whole, from
+the front leading edge of elevator (or supports) to tip of tail.
+
+_Arched._ This term is usually applied to aerofoil surfaces which dip
+downwards like the wings of a bird. The curve in this case being at
+right angles to "camber." A surface can, of course, be both cambered
+and arched.
+
+_Propeller._ A device for propelling or pushing an aeroplane forward
+or for raising it vertically (lifting screw).
+
+_Tractor Screw._ A device for pulling the machine (used when the
+propeller is placed in the front of the machine).
+
+_Keel._ A vertical plane or planes (usually termed "fins") arranged
+longitudinally for the purposes of stability and steering.
+
+_Tail._ The plane, or group of planes, at the rear end of an
+aeroplane for the purpose chiefly of giving longitudinal stability. In
+such cases the tail is normally (approx.) horizontal, but not
+unfrequently vertical tail-pieces are fitted as well for steering
+(transversely) to the right or left, or the entire tail may be twisted
+for the purpose of transverse stability (vide _Elevator_). Such
+appendages are being used less and less with the idea of giving actual
+support.
+
+_Rudder_ is the term used for the vertical plane, or planes, which are
+used to steer the aeroplane sideways.
+
+_Warping._ The flexing or bending of an aerofoil out of its normal
+shape. The rear edges near the tips of the aerofoil being dipped or
+tilted respectively, in order to create a temporary difference in
+their inclinations to the line of flight. Performed in conjunction
+with rudder movements, to counteract the excessive action of the
+latter.
+
+_Ailerons_ (also called "righting-tips," "balancing-planes," etc.).
+Small aeroplanes in the vicinity of the tips of the main aerofoil for
+the purpose of assisting in the maintenance of equilibrium or for
+steering purposes either with or without the assistance of the rudder.
+
+_Elevator._ The plane, or planes, in front of the main aerofoil used
+for the purpose of keeping the aeroplane on an even keel, or which
+cause (by being tilted or dipped) the aeroplane to rise or fall (vide
+_Tail_).
+
+
+
+
+MODEL AEROPLANING
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+§ 1. Model Aeroplanes are primarily divided into two classes: first,
+models intended before all else to be ones that shall _fly_; secondly,
+_models_, using the word in its proper sense of full-sized machines.
+Herein model aeroplanes differ from model yachts and model
+locomotives. An extremely small model locomotive _built to scale_ will
+still _work_, just as a very small yacht built to scale will _sail_;
+but when you try to build a scale model of an "Antoinette" monoplane,
+_including engine_, it cannot be made to fly unless the scale be a
+very large one. If, for instance, you endeavoured to make a 1/10 scale
+model, your model petrol motor would be compelled to have eight
+cylinders, each 0·52 bore, and your magneto of such size as easily to
+pass through a ring half an inch in diameter. Such a model could not
+possibly work.[1]
+
+ _Note._--Readers will find in the "Model Engineer" of June 16,
+ 1910, some really very fine working drawings of a prize-winning
+ Antoinette monoplane model.
+
+§ 2. Again, although the motor constitutes the _chief_, it is by no
+means the sole difficulty in _scale_ model aeroplane building. To
+reproduce to scale at _scale weight_, or indeed anything approaching it,
+_all_ the _necessary_--in the case of a full-sized machine--framework is
+not possible in a less than 1/5 scale.
+
+§ 3. Special difficulties occur in the case of any prototype taken.
+For instance, in the case of model Blériots it is extremely difficult
+to get the centre of gravity sufficiently forward.
+
+§ 4. Scale models of actual flying machines _that will fly_ mean
+models _at least_ 10 or 12 feet across, and every other dimension in
+like proportion; and it must always be carefully borne in mind that
+the smaller the scale the greater the difficulties, but not in the
+same proportion--it would not be _twice_ as difficult to build a
+¼-in. scale model as a ½-in., but _four_, _five_ or _six_ times as
+difficult.
+
+§ 5. Now, the _first_ requirement of a model aeroplane, or flying
+machine, is that it shall FLY.
+
+As will be seen later on--unless the machine be of large size, 10 feet
+and more spread--the only motor at our disposal is the motor of
+twisted rubber strands, and this to be efficient requires to be long,
+and is of practically uniform weight throughout; this alone alters the
+entire _distribution of weight_ on the machine and makes:
+
+§ 6. "=Model Aeroplaning an Art in itself=," and as such we propose to
+consider it in the following pages.
+
+We have said that the first requisite of a model aeroplane is that it
+shall fly, but there is no necessity, nor is it indeed always to be
+desired, that this should be its only one, unless it be built with the
+express purpose of obtaining a record length of flight. For ordinary
+flights and scientific study what is required is a machine in which
+minute detail is of secondary importance, but which does along its
+main lines "_approximate_ to the real thing."
+
+§ 7. Simplicity should be the first thing aimed at--simplicity means
+efficiency, it means it in full-sized machines, still more does it
+mean it in models--and this very question of simplicity brings us to
+that most important question of all, namely, the question of _weight_.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[1] The smallest working steam engine that the writer has ever heard
+of has a net weight of 4 grains. One hundred such engines would be
+required to weigh one ounce. The bore being 0·03 in., and stroke 1/32
+of an inch, r.p.m. 6000 per min., h.p. developed 1/489000 ("Model
+Engineer," July 7, 1910). When working it hums like a bee.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE QUESTION OF WEIGHT.
+
+
+§ 1. The following is an extract from a letter that appeared in the
+correspondence columns of "The Aero."[2]
+
+"To give you some idea how slight a thing will make a model behave
+badly, I fitted a skid to protect the propeller underneath the
+aeroplane, and the result in retarding flight could be seen very
+quickly, although the weight of the skid was almost nil.[3] To all
+model makers who wish to make a success I would say, strip all that
+useless and heavy chassis off, cut down the 'good, honest stick' that
+you have for a backbone to half its thickness, stay it with wire if it
+bends under the strain of the rubber, put light silk on the planes,
+and use an aluminium[4] propeller. The result will surpass all
+expectations."
+
+§ 2. The above refers, of course, to a rubber-motor driven model. Let
+us turn to a steam-driven prototype. I take the best known example of
+all, Professor Langley's famous model. Here is what the professor has
+to say on the question[5]:--
+
+"Every bit of the machinery had to be constructed with scientific
+accuracy. It had to be tested again and again. The difficulty of
+getting the machine light enough was such that every part of it had to
+be remade several times. It would be in full working order when
+something would give way, and this part would have to be strengthened.
+This caused additional weight, and necessitated cutting off so much
+weight from some other part of the machinery. At times the difficulty
+seemed almost heartbreaking; but I went on, piece by piece and atom by
+atom, until I at last succeeded in getting all the parts of the right
+strength and proportion."
+
+How to obtain the maximum strength with the minimum of weight is one
+of the, if not the most, difficult problems which the student has to
+solve.
+
+§ 3. The theoretical reason why _weight_ is such an all-important item
+in model aeroplaning, much more so than in the case of full-size
+machines, is that, generally speaking, such models do not fly fast
+enough to possess a high weight carrying capacity. If you increase the
+area of the supporting surface you increase also the resistance, and
+thereby diminish the speed, and are no better off than before. The
+only way to increase the weight carrying capacity of a model is to
+increase its speed. This point will be recurred to later on. One of
+Mr. T.W.K. Clarke's well-known models, surface area 1¼ sq. ft.,
+weight 1¼ lb., is stated to have made a flight of 300 yards
+carrying 6 oz. of lead. This works out approximately at 21 oz. per sq.
+ft.
+
+The velocity (speed) is not stated, but some earlier models by the
+same designer, weight 1½ lb., supporting area 1½ sq. ft., i.e.,
+at rate of 16 oz. per sq. ft., travelled at a rate of 37 ft. per
+second, or 25 miles an hour.
+
+The velocity of the former, therefore, would certainly not be less
+than 30 miles an hour.
+
+§ 4. Generally speaking, however, models do not travel at anything
+like this velocity, or carry anything like this weight per sq. ft.
+
+An average assumption of 13 to 15 miles an hour does nor err on the
+minimum side. Some very light fabric covered models have a speed of
+less than even 10 miles an hour. Such, of course, cannot be termed
+efficient models, and carry only about 3 oz. per sq. ft. Between these
+two types--these two extremes--somewhere lies the "Ideal Model."
+
+The maximum of strength with the minimum of weight can be obtained
+only:--
+
+1. By a knowledge of materials.
+
+2. Of how to combine those materials in a most efficient and skilful
+manner.
+
+3. By a constant use of the balance or a pair of scales, and noting
+(in writing) the weight and result of every trial and every experiment
+in the alteration and change of material used. WEIGH EVERYTHING.
+
+§ 5. The reader must not be misled by what has been said, and think
+that a model must not weigh anything if it is to fly well. A heavy
+model will fly much better against the wind than a light one, provided
+that the former _will_ fly. To do this it must fly _fast_. To do this
+again it must be well powered, and offer the minimum of resistance to
+the medium through which it moves. This means its aerofoil
+(supporting) surfaces must be of polished wood or metal. This point
+brings us to the question of Resistance, which we will now consider.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[2] "Aero," May 3, 1910.
+
+[3] Part of this retardation was, of course, "increased resistance."
+
+[4] Personally I do not recommend aluminium.--V.E.J.
+
+[5] "Aeronautical Journal," January 1897, p. 7.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE QUESTION OF RESISTANCE.
+
+
+§ 1. It is, or should be, the function of an aeroplane--model or
+otherwise--to pass through the medium in which it travels in such a
+manner as to leave that medium in as motionless a state as possible,
+since all motion of the surrounding air represents so much power
+wasted.
+
+Every part of the machine should be so constructed as to move through
+the air with the minimum of disturbance and resistance.
+
+§ 2. The resistance, considered as a percentage of the load itself,
+that has to be overcome in moving a load from one place to another,
+is, according to Mr. F.W. Lanchester, 12½ per cent. in the case of
+a flying machine, and 0·1 per cent. in the case of a cargo boat, and
+of a solid tyre motor car 3 per cent., a locomotive 1 per cent. Four
+times at least the resistance in the case of aerial locomotion has to
+be overcome to that obtained from ordinary locomotion on land. The
+above refer, of course, to full-sized machines; for a model the
+resistance is probably nearer 14 or 15 per cent.
+
+§ 3. This resistance is made up of--
+
+ 1. Aerodynamic resistance.
+ 2. Head resistance.
+ 3. Skin-friction (surface resistance).
+
+The first results from the necessity of air supporting the model
+during flight.
+
+The second is the resistance offered by the framework, wires, edges of
+aerofoils, etc.
+
+The third, skin-friction or surface resistance, is very small at low
+velocities, but increases as the square of the velocity. To reduce the
+resistance which it sets up, all surfaces used should be as smooth as
+possible. To reduce the second, contours of ichthyoid, or fish-like,
+form should be used, so that the resultant stream-line flow of the
+medium shall keep in touch with the surface of the body.
+
+§ 4. As long ago as 1894 a series of experiments were made by the
+writer[6] to solve the following problem: given a certain length and
+breadth, to find the shape which will offer the least resistance. The
+experiments were made with a whirling table 40 ft. in diameter, which
+could be rotated so that the extremity of the arm rotated up to a
+speed of 45 miles an hour. The method of experimenting was as follows:
+The bodies (diam. 4 in.) were balanced against one another at the
+extremity of the arm, being so balanced that their motions forward and
+backward were parallel. Provision was made for accurately balancing
+the parallel scales on which the bodies were suspended without
+altering the resistance offered by the apparatus to the air. Two
+experiments at least (to avoid error) were made in each case, the
+bodies being reversed in the second experiment, the top one being put
+at the bottom, and _vice versa_. The conclusions arrived at were:--
+
+For minimum (head) resistance a body should have--
+
+1. Its greatest diameter two-fifths of its entire length from its
+head.
+
+2. Its breadth and its depth in the proportion of four to three.
+
+3. Its length at least from five to nine times its greatest breadth
+(nine being better than five).
+
+4. A very tapering form of stern, the actual stern only being of just
+sufficient size to allow of the propeller shaft passing through. In
+the case of twin propellers some slight modification of the stern
+would be necessary.
+
+5. Every portion of the body in contact with the fluid to be made as
+smooth as possible.
+
+6. A body of such shape gives at most only _one-twentieth_ the
+resistance offered by a flat disk of similar maximum sectional area.
+
+_Results since fully confirmed._
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1.--SHAPE OF LEAST RESISTANCE.]
+
+The design in Fig. 2 is interesting, not only because of its probable
+origin, but because of the shape of the body and arrangement of the
+propellers; no rudder is shown, and the long steel vertical mast
+extending both upwards and downwards through the centre would render
+it suitable only for landing on water.
+
+§ 5. In the case of a rubber-driven model, there is no containing body
+part, so to speak, a long thin stick, or tubular construction if
+preferred, being all that is necessary.
+
+The long skein of elastic, vibrating as well as untwisting as it
+travels with the machine through the air, offers some appreciable
+resistance, and several experimenters have _enclosed_ it in a light
+tube made of _very thin_ veneer wood rolled and glued, or paper even
+may be used; such tubes can be made very light, and possess
+considerable rigidity, especially longitudinally. If the model be a
+biplane, then all the upright struts between the two aerofoils should
+be given a shape, a vertical section of which is shown in Fig. 3.
+
+§ 6. In considering this question of resistance, the substance of
+which the aerofoil surface is made plays a very important part, as
+well as whether that surface be plane or curved. For some reason not
+altogether easy to determine, fabric-covered planes offer
+_considerably_ more resistance than wooden or metal ones. That they
+should offer _more_ resistance is what common sense would lead one to
+expect, but hardly to the extent met with in actual practice.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 2.--DESIGN FOR AN AEROPLANE MODEL (POWER DRIVEN).
+
+This design is attributed to Professor Langley.]
+
+_Built up fabric-covered aeroplanes[7] gain in lightness, but lose in
+resistance._ In the case of curved surfaces this difference is
+considerably more; one reason, undoubtedly, is that in a built up
+model surface there is nearly always a tendency to make this curvature
+excessive, and much more than it should be. Having called attention to
+this under the head of resistance, we will leave it now to recur to it
+later when considering the aerofoil proper.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3.--HORIZONTAL SECTION OF VERTICAL STRUT
+(ENLARGED.)]
+
+§ 7. Allusion has been made in this chapter to skin friction, but no
+value given for its coefficient.[8] Lanchester's value for planes from
+½ to 1½ sq. ft. in area, moving about 20 to 30 ft. per second, is
+
+ 0·009 to 0·015.
+
+Professor Zahm (Washington) gives 0·0026 lb. per sq. ft. at 25 ft. per
+second, and at 37 ft. per second, 0·005, and the formula
+
+ _f_ = 0·00000778_l_^{·93}_v_^{1·85}
+
+_f_ being the average friction in lb. per sq. in., _l_ the length in
+feet, and _v_ the velocity in ft. per second. He also experimented
+with various kinds of surfaces, some rough, some smooth, etc.
+
+His conclusion is:--"All even surfaces have approximately the same
+coefficient of skin friction. Uneven surfaces have a greater
+coefficient." All formulæ on skin friction must at present be accepted
+with reserve.
+
+§ 8. The following three experiments, however, clearly prove its
+_existence_, and _that it has considerable effect_:--
+
+1. A light, hollow celluloid ball, supported on a stream of air
+projected upwards from a jet, rotates in one direction or the other as
+the jet is inclined to the left or to the right. (F.W. Lanchester.)
+
+2. When a golf ball (which is rough) is hit so as to have considerable
+underspin, its range is increased from 135 to 180 yards, due entirely
+to the greater frictional resistance to the air on that side on which
+the whirl and the progressive motion combine. (Prof. Tait.)
+
+3. By means of a (weak) bow a golf ball can be made to move point
+blank to a mark 30 yards off, provided the string be so adjusted as to
+give a good underspin; adjust the string to the centre of the ball,
+instead of catching it below, and the drop will be about 8 ft. (Prof.
+Tait.)
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[6] _Vide_ "Invention," Feb. 15, 22, and 29, 1896.
+
+[7] Really aerofoils, since we are considering only the supporting
+surface.
+
+[8] I.e., to express it as a decimal fraction of the resistance,
+encountered by the same plane when moving "face" instead of "edge" on.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE QUESTION OF BALANCE.
+
+
+§ 1. It is perfectly obvious for successful flight that any model
+flying machine (in the absence of a pilot) must possess a high degree
+of automatic stability. The model must be so constructed as to be
+naturally stable, _in the medium through which it is proposed to drive
+it_. The last remark is of the greatest importance, as we shall see.
+
+§ 2. In connexion with this same question of automatic stability, the
+question must be considered from the theoretical as well as from the
+practical side, and the labours and researches of such men as
+Professors Brian and Chatley, F.W. Lanchester, Captain Ferber,
+Mouillard and others must receive due weight. Their work cannot yet be
+fully assessed, but already results have been arrived at far more
+important than are generally supposed.
+
+The following are a few of the results arrived at from theoretical
+considerations; they cannot be too widely known.
+
+(A) Surfaces concave on the under side are not stable unless some form
+of balancing device (such as a tail, etc.) is used.
+
+(B) If an aeroplane is in equilibrium and moving uniformly, it is
+necessary for stability that it shall tend towards a condition of
+equilibrium.
+
+(C) In the case of "oscillations" it is absolutely necessary for
+stability that these oscillations shall decrease in amplitude, in
+other words, be damped out.
+
+(D) In aeroplanes in which the dihedral angle is excessive or the
+centre of gravity very low down, a dangerous pitching motion is quite
+likely to be set up. [Analogy in shipbuilding--an increase in the
+metacentre height while increasing the stability in a statical sense
+causes the ship to do the same.]
+
+(E) The propeller shaft should pass through the centre of gravity of
+the machine.
+
+(F) The front planes should be at a greater angle of inclination than
+the rear ones.
+
+(G) The longitudinal stability of an aeroplane grows much less when
+the aeroplane commences to rise, a monoplane becoming unstable when
+the angle of ascent is greater than the inclination of the main
+aerofoil to the horizon.
+
+(H) Head resistance increases stability.
+
+(I) Three planes are more stable than two. [Elevator--main
+aerofoil--horizontal rudder behind.]
+
+(J) When an aeroplane is gliding (downwards) stability is greater than
+in horizontal flight.
+
+(K) A large moment of inertia is inimical (opposed) to stability.
+
+(M) Aeroplanes (naturally) stable up to a certain velocity (speed) may
+become unstable when moving beyond that speed. [Possible explanation.
+The motion of the air over the edges of the aerofoil becomes
+turbulent, and the form of the stream lines suddenly changes.
+Aeroplane also probably becomes deformed.]
+
+(N) In a balanced glider for stability a separate surface at a
+negative angle to the line of flight is essential. [Compare F.]
+
+(O) A keel surface should be situated well above and behind the centre
+of gravity.
+
+(P) An aeroplane is a conservative system, and stability is greatest
+when the kinetic energy is a maximum. [Illustration, the pendulum.]
+
+§ 3. Referring to A. Models with a plane or flat surface are not
+unstable, and will fly well without a tail; such a machine is called a
+simple monoplane.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4.--ONE OF MR. BURGE WEBB'S SIMPLE MONOPLANES.
+
+Showing balance weight A (movable), and also his winding-up gear--a
+very handy device.]
+
+
+§ 4. Referring to D. Many model builders make this mistake, i.e., the
+mistake of getting as low a centre of gravity as possible under the
+quite erroneous idea that they are thereby increasing the stability of
+the machine. Theoretically the _centre of gravity should be the centre
+of head resistance, as also the centre of pressure_.
+
+In practice some prefer to put the centre of gravity in models
+_slightly_ above the centre of head resistance, the reason being that,
+generally speaking, wind gusts have a "lifting" action on the machine.
+It must be carefully borne in mind, however, that if the centre of
+wind pressure on the aerofoil surface and the centre of gravity do not
+coincide, no matter at what point propulsive action be applied, it can
+be proved by quite elementary mechanics that such an arrangement,
+known as "acentric," produces a couple tending to upset the machine.
+
+This action is the probable cause of many failures.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 5.--THE STRINGFELLOW MODEL MONOPLANE OF 1848.]
+
+§ 5. Referring to E. If the propulsive action does not pass through
+the centre of gravity the system again becomes "acentric." Even
+supposing condition D fulfilled, and we arrive at the following most
+important result, viz., that for stability:--
+
+THE CENTRES OF GRAVITY, OF PRESSURE, OF HEAD RESISTANCE, SHOULD BE
+COINCIDENT, AND THE PROPULSIVE ACTION OF THE PROPELLER PASS THROUGH
+THIS SAME POINT.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 6.--THE STRINGFELLOW MODEL TRIPLANE OF 1868.]
+
+§ 6. Referring to F and N--the problem of longitudinal stability.
+There is one absolutely essential feature not mentioned in F or N, and
+that is for automatic longitudinal stability _the two surfaces, the
+aerofoil proper and the balancer_ (elevator or tail, or both), _must
+be separated by some considerable distance, a distance not less than
+four times the width of the main aerofoil_.[9] More is better.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 7. _PÉNAUD 1871_]
+
+§ 7. With one exception (Pénaud) early experimenters with model
+aeroplanes had not grasped this all-important fact, and their models
+would not fly, only make a series of jumps, because they failed to
+balance longitudinally. In Stringfellow's and Tatin's models the main
+aerofoil and balancer (tail) are practically contiguous.
+
+Pénaud in his rubber-motored models appears to have fully realised
+this (_vide_ Fig. 7), and also the necessity for using long strands of
+rubber. Some of his models flew 150 ft., and showed considerable
+stability.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 8.--TATIN'S AEROPLANE (1879).
+
+Surface 0·7 sq. metres, total weight 1·75 kilogrammes, velocity of
+sustentation 8 metres a second. Motor, compressed air (for description
+see § 23, ch. iv). Revolved round and round a track tethered to a post
+at the centre. In one of its jumps it cleared the head of a
+spectator.]
+
+With three surfaces one would set the elevator at a slight plus angle,
+main aerofoil horizontal (neither positive nor negative), and the tail
+at a corresponding negative angle to the positive one of the elevator.
+
+Referring to O.[10] One would naturally be inclined to put a keel
+surface--or, in other words, vertical fins--beneath the centre of
+gravity, but D shows us this may have the opposite effect to what we
+might expect.
+
+In full-sized machines, those in which the distance between the main
+aerofoil and balancers is considerable (like the Farman) show
+considerable automatic longitudinal stability, and those in which it
+is short (like the Wright) are purposely made so with the idea of
+doing away with it, and rendering the machine quicker and more
+sensitive to personal control. In the case of the Stringfellow and
+Tatin models we have the extreme case--practically the bird entirely
+volitional and personal--which is the opposite in every way to what we
+desire on a model under no personal or volitional control at all.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 9.--CLARK'S MODEL FLYER.
+
+Main aerofoil set at a slight negative angle. Dihedral angles on both
+aerofoils.]
+
+The theoretical conditions stated in F and N are fully borne out in
+practice.
+
+And since a curved aerofoil even when set at a _slight_ negative
+angle has still considerable powers of sustentation, it is possible to
+give the main aerofoil a slight negative angle and the elevator a
+slight positive one. This fact is of the greatest importance, since it
+enables us to counteract the effect of the travel of the "centre of
+pressure."[11]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 10.--LARGE MODEL MONOPLANE.
+
+Designed and constructed by the author, with vertical fin (no dihedral
+angle). With a larger and more efficient propeller than the one here
+shown some excellent flights were obtained. Constructed of bamboo and
+nainsook. Stayed with steel wire.]
+
+§ 8. Referring to I. This, again, is of primary importance in
+longitudinal stability. The Farman machine has three such
+planes--elevator, main aerofoil, tail the Wright originally had _not_,
+but is now being fitted with a tail, and experiments on the
+Short-Wright biplane have quite proved its stabilising efficiency.
+
+The three plane (triple monoplane) in the case of models has been
+tried, but possesses no advantage so far over the double monoplane
+type. The writer has made many experiments with vertical fins, and has
+found the machine very stable, even when the fin or vertical keel is
+placed some distance above the centre of gravity.
+
+§ 9. The question of transverse (side to side) stability at once
+brings us to the question of the dihedral angle, practically similar
+in its action to a flat plane with vertical fins.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 11.--SIR GEORGE CAYLEY'S FLYING MACHINE.
+
+Eight feathers, two corks, a thin rod, a piece of whalebone, and a
+piece of thread.]
+
+§ 10. The setting up of the front surface at an angle to the rear, or
+the setting of these at corresponding compensatory angles already
+dealt with, is nothing more nor less than the principle of the
+dihedral angle for longitudinal stability.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 12.--VARIOUS FORMS OF DIHEDRALS.]
+
+As early as the commencement of last century Sir George Cayley (a
+man more than a hundred years ahead of his times) was the first to
+point out that two planes at a dihedral angle constitute a basis of
+stability. For, on the machine heeling over, the side which is
+required to rise gains resistance by its new position, and that which
+is required to sink loses it.
+
+§ 11. The dihedral angle principle may take many forms.
+
+As in Fig. 12 _a_ is a monoplane, the rest biplanes. The angles and
+curves are somewhat exaggerated. It is quite a mistake to make the
+angle excessive, the "lift" being thereby diminished. A few degrees
+should suffice.
+
+Whilst it is evident enough that transverse stability is promoted by
+making the sustaining surface trough-shaped, it is not so evident what
+form of cross section is the most efficient for sustentation and
+equilibrium combined.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 13.]
+
+It is evident that the righting moment of a unit of surface of an
+aeroplane is greater at the outer edge than elsewhere, owing to the
+greater lever arm.
+
+§ 12. The "upturned tip" dihedral certainly appears to have the
+advantage.
+
+_The outer edges of the aerofoil then should be turned upward for the
+purpose of transverse stability, while the inner surface should remain
+flat or concave for greater support._
+
+§ 13. The exact most favourable outline of transverse section for
+stability, steadiness and buoyancy has not yet been found; but the
+writer has found the section given in Fig. 13, a very efficient one.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[9] If the width be not uniform the mean width should be taken.
+
+[10] This refers, of course, to transverse stability.
+
+[11] See ch. vi.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE MOTIVE POWER.
+
+
+SECTION I.--RUBBER MOTORS.
+
+§ 1. Some forty years have elapsed since Pénaud first used elastic
+(rubber) for model aeroplanes, and during that time no better
+substitute (in spite of innumerable experiments) has been found. Nor
+for the smaller and lighter class of models is there any likelihood of
+rubber being displaced. Such being the case, a brief account of some
+experiments on this substance as a motive power for the same may not
+be without interest. The word _elastic_ (in science) denotes: _the
+tendency which a body has when distorted to return to its original
+shape_. Glass and ivory (within certain limits) are two of the most
+elastic bodies known. But the limits within which most bodies can be
+distorted (twisted or stretched, or both) without either fracture or a
+LARGE _permanent_ alteration of shape is very small. Not so rubber--it
+far surpasses in this respect even steel springs.
+
+§ 2. Let us take a piece of elastic (rubber) cord, and stretch it with
+known weights and observe carefully what happens. We shall find that,
+first of all: _the extension is proportional to the weight
+suspended_--but soon we have an _increasing_ increase of extension. In
+one experiment made by the writer, when the weights were removed the
+rubber cord remained 1/8 of an inch longer, and at the end of an hour
+recovered itself to the extent of 1/16, remaining finally permanently
+1/16 of an inch longer. Length of elastic cord used in this experiment
+8-1/8 inches, 3/16 of an inch thick. Suspended weights, 1 oz. up to 64
+oz. Extension from ¼ inch up to 24-5/8 inches. Graph drawn in Fig.
+14, No. B abscissæ extension in eighths of an inch, ordinates weights
+in ounces. So long as the graph is a straight line it shows the
+extension is proportional to the suspended weight; afterwards in
+excess.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 14.--WEIGHT AND EXTENSION.
+
+B, rubber 3/16 in. thick; C, 2/16 in. thick; D, 1/16 in. thick. A,
+theoretical line if extension were proportional to weight.]
+
+In this experiment we have been able to stretch (distort) a piece of
+rubber to more than three times its original length, and afterwards it
+finally returns to almost its original length: not only so, a piece of
+rubber cord can be stretched to eight or nine times its original
+length without fracture. Herein lies its supreme advantage over steel
+or other springs. Weight for weight more energy can be got or more
+work be done by stretched (or twisted, or, to speak more correctly, by
+stretched-twisted) rubber cord than from any form of steel spring.[12]
+It is true it is stretched--twisted--far beyond what is called the
+"elastic limit," and its efficiency falls off, but with care not
+nearly so quickly as is commonly supposed, but in spite of this and
+other drawbacks its advantages far more than counterbalance these.
+
+§ 3. Experimenting with cords of varying thickness we find that: _the
+extension is inversely proportional to the thickness_. If we leave a
+weight hanging on a piece of rubber cord (stretched, of course, beyond
+its "elastic limit") we find that: _the cord continues to elongate as
+long as the weight is left on_. For example: a 1 lb. weight hung on a
+piece of rubber cord, 8-1/8 inches long and 1/8 of an inch thick,
+stretched it--at first--6¼ inches; after two minutes this had
+increased to 6-5/8 (3/8 of an inch more). One hour later 1/8 of an
+inch more, and sixteen hours later 1/8 of an inch more, i.e. a sixteen
+hours' hang produced an additional extension of ¾ of an inch. On a
+thinner cord (half the thickness) same weight produced _an additional
+extension_ (_after_ 14 _hours_) _of _10-3/8 _in_.
+
+N.B.--An elastic cord or spring balance should never have a weight
+left permanently on it--or be subjected to a distorting force for a
+longer time than necessary, or it will take a "permanent set," and not
+return to even approximately its original length or form.
+
+In a rubber cord the extension is _directly proportional to the
+length_ as well as _inversely proportional to the thickness and to the
+weight suspended_--true only within the limits of elasticity.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 15.--EXTENSION AND INCREASE IN VOLUME.]
+
+§ 4. =When a Rubber Cord is stretched there is an Increase of
+Volume.=--On stretching a piece of rubber cord to _twice_ its
+original (natural) length, we should perhaps expect to find that the
+string would only be _half_ as thick, as would be the case if the
+volume remained the same. Performing the experiment, and measuring the
+cord as accurately as possible with a micrometer, measuring to the
+one-thousandth of an inch, we at once perceive that this is not the
+case, being about _two-thirds_ of its former volume.
+
+§ 5. In the case of rubber cord used for a motive power on model
+aeroplanes, the rubber is _both_ twisted and stretched, but chiefly
+the latter.
+
+Thirty-six strands of rubber, weight about 56 grammes, at 150 turns
+give a torque of 4 oz. on a 5-in. arm, but an end thrust, or end pull,
+of about 3½ lb. (Ball bearings, or some such device, can be used to
+obviate this end thrust when desirable.) A series of experiments
+undertaken by the writer on the torque produced by twisted rubber
+strands, varying in number, length, etc., and afterwards carefully
+plotted out in graph form, have led to some very interesting and
+instructive results. Ball bearings were used, and the torque, measured
+in eighths of an ounce, was taken (in each case) from an arm 5 in. in
+length.
+
+The following are the principal results arrived at. For graphs, see
+Fig. 16.
+
+§ 6. A. Increasing the number of (rubber) strands by _one-half_
+(length and thickness of rubber remaining constant) increases the
+torque (unwinding tendency) _twofold_, i.e., doubles the motive power.
+
+B. _Doubling_ the number of strands increases the torque _more than
+three times_--about 3-1/3 times, 3 times up to 100 turns, 3½ times
+from 100 to 250 turns.
+
+C. _Trebling_ the number of strands increases the torque at least
+_seven times_.
+
+The increased _size_ of the coils, and thereby _increased_ extension,
+explains this result. As we increase the number of strands, the
+_number_ of twists or turns that can be given it becomes less.
+
+D. _Doubling_ the number of strands (length, etc., remaining
+constant) _diminishes_ the number of turns by _one-third to
+one-half_. (In few strands one-third, in 30 and over one-half.)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 16.--TORQUE GRAPHS OF RUBBER MOTORS.
+
+ Abscissæ = Turns. Ordinates = Torque measured in 1/16 of an oz.
+ Length of arm, 5 in.
+
+ A. 38 strands of new rubber, 2 ft. 6 in. long; 58 grammes weight.
+ B. 36 strands, 2 ft. 6 in. long; end thrust at 150 turns, 3½ lb.
+ C. 32 strands, 2 ft. 6 in. long.
+ D. 24 " " "
+ E. 18 " " " weight 28 grammes.
+ F. 12 " 1 ft. 3 in. long
+ G. 12 " 2 ft. 6 in. long.]
+
+E. If we halve the length of the rubber strands, keeping the _number_
+of strands the same, the torque is but slightly increased for the
+first 100 turns; at 240 turns it is double. But the greater number of
+turns--in ratio of about 2:1--that can be given the longer strand much
+more than compensates for this.
+
+F. No arrangement of the strands, _per se_, gets more energy (more
+motive power) out of them than any other, but there are special
+reasons for making the strands--
+
+G. As long and as few in number as possible.
+
+1. More turns can be given it.
+
+2. It gives a far more even torque. Twelve strands 2 ft. 6 in. long
+give practically a line of small constant angle. Thirty-six strands
+same length a much steeper angle, with considerable variations.
+
+A very good result, which the writer has verified in practice, paying
+due regard to _both_ propeller and motor, is to make--
+
+H. _The length of the rubber strands twice[13] in feet the number of
+the strands in inches_,[14] e.g., if the number of strands is 12 their
+length should be 2 ft., if 18, 3 ft., and so on.
+
+§ 7. Experiments with 32 to 38 strands 2 ft. 6 in. long give a torque
+curve almost precisely similar to that obtained from experiments made
+with flat spiral steel springs, similar to those used in watches and
+clocks; and, as we know, the torque given by such springs is very
+uneven, and has to be equalised by use of a fusee, or some such
+device. In the case of such springs it must not be forgotten that the
+turning moment (unwinding tendency) is NOT proportional to the amount
+of winding up, this being true only in the "balance" springs of
+watches, etc., where _both_ ends of the spring are rigidly fastened.
+
+In the case of SPRING MOTORS.[15]
+
+I. The turning moment (unwinding tendency) is proportional to the
+difference between the angle of winding and yielding, proportional to
+the moment of inertia of its section, i.e., to the breadth and the
+cube of its thickness, also proportional to the modulus of elasticity
+of the substance used, and inversely proportional to the length of the
+strip.
+
+§ 8. Referring back to A, B, C, there are one or two practical
+deductions which should be carefully noted.
+
+Supposing we have a model with one propeller and 36 strands of
+elastic. If we decide to fit it with twin screws, then, other reasons
+apart, we shall require two sets of strands of more than 18 in number
+each to have the same motive power (27 if the same torque be
+required).[16] This is an important point, and one not to be lost
+sight of when thinking of using two propellers.
+
+Experiments on--
+
+§9. =The Number of Revolutions= (turns) =that can be given to Rubber
+Motors= led to interesting results, e.g., the number of turns to
+produce a double knot in the cord from end to end were, in the case of
+rubber, one yard long:--
+
+ No. of Strands. No. of Turns. No. of Strands. No. of Turns.
+ 4 440 16 200
+ 8 310 28 170
+ 12 250
+
+It will be at once noticed that the greater the number of rubber
+strands used in a given length, the fewer turns will it stand in
+proportion. For instance, 8 strands double knot at 310, and 4 at 440
+(and not at 620), 16 at 200, and 8 at 310 (and not 400), and so on.
+The reason, of course, is the more the strands the greater the
+distance they have to travel round themselves.
+
+§ 10. =The Maximum Number of Turns.=--As to the maximum number of
+permissible turns, rubber has rupture stress of 330 lb. per sq. in.,
+_but a very high permissible stress_, as much as 80 per cent. The
+resilience (power of recovery after distortion) in tension of rubber
+is in considerable excess of any other substance, silk being the only
+other substance which at all approaches it in this respect, the ratio
+being about 11 : 9. The resilience of steel spiral spring is very
+slight in comparison.
+
+A rubber motor in which the double knot is not exceeded by more than
+100 turns (rubber one yard in length) should last a good time. When
+trying for a record flight, using new elastic, as many as even 500 or
+600 or even more turns have been given in the case of 32-36 strands a
+yard in length; but such a severe strain soon spoils the rubber.
+
+§ 11. =On the Use of "Lubricants."=--One of the drawbacks to rubber is
+that if it be excessively strained it soon begins to break up. One of
+the chief causes of this is that the strands stick together--they
+should always be carefully separated, if necessary, after a
+flight--and an undue strain is thereby cast on certain parts. Apart
+also from this the various strands are not subject to the same
+tension. It has been suggested that if some means could be devised to
+prevent this, and allow the strands to slip over one another, a
+considerable increase of power might result. It must, however, be
+carefully borne in mind that anything of an oily or greasy nature has
+an injurious effect on the rubber, and must be avoided at all costs.
+Benzol, petroleum, ether, volatile oils, turpentine, chloroform,
+naphtha, vaseline, soap, and all kinds of oil must be carefully
+avoided, as they soften the rubber, and reduce it more or less to the
+consistence of a sticky mass. The only oil which is said to have no
+action on rubber, or practically none, is castor oil; all the same, I
+do not advise its use as a lubricant.
+
+There are three only which we need consider:--
+
+ 1. Soda and water.
+ 2. French chalk.
+ 3. Pure redistilled glycerine.
+
+The first is perfectly satisfactory when freshly applied, but soon
+dries up and evaporates.
+
+The second falls off; and unless the chalk be of the softest kind,
+free from all grit and hard particles, it will soon do more harm than
+good.
+
+The third, glycerine, is for ordinary purposes by far the best, and
+has a beneficial rather than a deleterious effect on the rubber; but
+it must be _pure_. The redistilled kind, free from all traces of
+arsenic, grease, etc., is the only kind permissible. It does not
+evaporate, and a few drops, comparatively speaking, will lubricate
+fifty or sixty yards of rubber.
+
+Being of a sticky or tacky nature it naturally gathers up dust and
+particles of dirt in course of time. To prevent these grinding into
+the rubber, wash it from time to time in warm soda, and warm and apply
+fresh glycerine when required.
+
+Glycerine, unlike vaseline (a product of petroleum), is not a grease;
+it is formed from fats by a process known as _saponification_, or
+treatment of the oil with caustic alkali, which decomposes the
+compound, forming an alkaline stearate (soap), and liberating the
+glycerine which remains in solution when the soap is separated by
+throwing in common salt. In order to obtain pure glycerine, the fat
+can be decomposed by lead oxide, the glycerine remaining in solution,
+and the lead soap or plaster being precipitated.
+
+By using glycerine as a lubricant the number of turns that can be
+given a rubber motor is greatly increased, and the coils slip over one
+another freely and easily, and prevent the throwing of undue strain on
+some particular portion, and absolutely prevent the strands from
+sticking together.
+
+§ 12. =The Action of Copper upon Rubber.=--Copper, whether in the form
+of the metal, the oxides, or the soluble salts, has a marked injurious
+action upon rubber.
+
+In the case of metallic copper this action has been attributed to
+oxidation induced by the dissolved oxygen in the copper. In working
+drawings for model aeroplanes I have noticed designs in which the
+hooks on which the rubber strands were to be stretched were made of
+_copper_. In no case should the strands be placed upon bare metal. I
+always cover mine with a piece of valve tubing, which can easily be
+renewed from time to time.
+
+§ 12A. =The Action of Water, etc., on Rubber.=--Rubber is quite
+insoluble in water; but it must not be forgotten that it will absorb
+about 25 per cent. into its pores after soaking for some time.
+
+Ether, chloroform, carbon-tetrachloride, turpentine, carbon
+bi-sulphide, petroleum spirit, benzene and its homologues found in
+coal-tar naphtha, dissolve rubber readily. Alcohol is absorbed by
+rubber, but is not a solvent of it.
+
+§ 12B. =How to Preserve Rubber.=--In the first place, in order that it
+shall be _possible_ to preserve and keep rubber in the best condition
+of efficiency, it is absolutely essential that the rubber shall be,
+when obtained, fresh and of the best kind. Only the best Para rubber
+should be bought; to obtain it fresh it should be got in as large
+quantities as possible direct from a manufacturer or reliable rubber
+shop. The composition of the best Para rubber is as follows:--Carbon,
+87·46 per cent.; hydrogen, 12·00 per cent.; oxygen and ash, 0·54 per
+cent.
+
+In order to increase its elasticity the pure rubber has to be
+vulcanised before being made into the sheet some sixty or eighty yards
+in length, from which the rubber threads are cut; after vulcanization
+the substance consists of rubber plus about 3 per cent. of sulphur.
+Now, unfortunately, the presence of the sulphur makes the rubber more
+prone to atmospheric oxidation. Vulcanized rubber, compared to pure
+rubber, has then but a limited life. It is to this process of
+oxidation that the more or less rapid deterioration of rubber is due.
+
+To preserve rubber it should be kept from the sun's rays, or, indeed,
+any actinic rays, in a cool, airy place, and subjected to as even a
+temperature as possible. Great extremes of temperature have a very
+injurious effect on rubber, and it should be washed from time to time
+in warm soda water. It should be subjected to no tension or
+compression.
+
+Deteriorated rubber is absolutely useless for model aeroplanes.
+
+§ 13. =To Test Rubber.=--Good elastic thread composed of pure Para
+rubber and sulphur should, if properly made, stretch to seven times
+its length, and then return to its original length. It should also
+possess a stretching limit at least ten times its original length.
+
+As already stated, the threads or strands are cut from sheets; these
+threads can now be cut fifty to the inch. For rubber motors a very
+great deal so far as length of life depends on the accuracy and skill
+with which the strands are cut. When examined under a microscope (not
+too powerful) the strands having the least ragged edge, i.e., the best
+cut, are to be preferred.
+
+§ 14. =The Section--Strip or Ribbon versus Square.=--In section the
+square and not the ribbon or strip should be used. The edge of the
+strip I have always found more ragged under the microscope than the
+square. I have also found it less efficient. Theoretically no doubt a
+round section would be best, but none such (in small sizes) is on the
+market. Models have been fitted with a tubular section, but such
+should on no account be used.
+
+§ 15. =Size of the Section.=--One-sixteenth or one-twelfth is the best
+size for ordinary models; personally, I prefer the thinner. If more
+than a certain number of strands are required to provide the necessary
+power, a larger size should be used. It is not easy to say _what_ this
+number is, but fifty may probably be taken as an outside limit.
+Remember the size increases by area section; twice the _sectional_
+height and breadth means four times the rubber.
+
+§ 16. =Geared Rubber Motors.=--It is quite a mistake to suppose that
+any advantage can be obtained by using a four to one gearing, say; all
+that you do obtain is one-fourth of the power minus the increased
+friction, minus the added weight. This presumes, of course, you make
+no alteration in your rubber strands.
+
+Gearing such as this means _short_ rubber strands, and such are not to
+be desired; in any case, there is the difficulty of increased friction
+and added weight to overcome. It is true by splitting up your rubber
+motor into two sets of strands instead of one you can obtain more
+turns, but, as we have seen, you must increase the number of strands
+to get the same thrust, and you have this to counteract any advantage
+you gain as well as added weight and friction.
+
+§ 17. The writer has tried endless experiments with all kinds of
+geared rubber motors, and the only one worth a moment's consideration
+is the following, viz., one in which two gear wheels--same size,
+weight, and number of teeth--are made use of, the propeller being
+attached to the axle of one of them, and the same number of strands
+are used on each axle. The success or non-success of this motor
+depends entirely on the method used in its construction. At first
+sight it may appear that no great skill is required in the
+construction of such a simple piece of apparatus. No greater mistake
+could be made. It is absolutely necessary that _the friction and
+weight be reduced to a minimum_, and the strength be a maximum. The
+torque of the rubber strands on so short an arm is very great.
+
+Ordinary light brass cogwheels will not stand the strain.
+
+A. The cogwheels should be of steel[17] and accurately cut of diameter
+sufficient to separate the two strands the requisite distance, _but no
+more_.
+
+B. The weight must be a minimum. This is best attained by using solid
+wheels, and lightening by drilling and turning.
+
+C. The friction must be a minimum. Use the lightest ball bearings
+obtainable (these weigh only 0·3 gramme), adjust the wheels so that
+they run with the greatest freedom, but see that the teeth overlap
+sufficiently to stand the strain and slight variations in direction
+without fear of slipping. Shallow teeth are useless.
+
+D. Use vaseline on the cogs to make them run as easily as possible.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 17.--GEARED RUBBER MOTOR.
+
+Designed and constructed by the writer. For description of the model,
+etc., see Appendix.]
+
+E. The material of the containing framework must be of maximum
+strength and minimum lightness. Construct it of minimum size, box
+shaped, use the thinnest tin (really tinned sheet-iron) procurable,
+and lighten by drilling holes, not too large, all over it. Do not use
+aluminium or magnalium. Steel, could it be procured thin enough, would
+be better still.
+
+F. Use steel pianoforte wire for the spindles, and hooks for the
+rubber strands, using as thin wire as will stand the strain.
+
+Unless these directions are carefully carried out no advantage will be
+gained--the writer speaks from experience. The requisite number of
+rubber strands to give the best result must be determined by
+experiment.
+
+§ 18. One advantage in using such a motor as this is that the two
+equal strands untwisting in opposite directions have a decided
+steadying effect on the model, similar almost to the case in which two
+propellers are used.
+
+The "best" model flights that the writer has achieved have been
+obtained with a motor of this description.[18]
+
+In the case of twin screws two such gearings can be used, and the
+rubber split up into four strands. The containing framework in this
+case can be simply light pieces of tubing let into the wooden
+framework, or very light iron pieces fastened thereto.
+
+Do not attempt to split up the rubber into more than two strands to
+each propeller.
+
+
+SECTION II.--OTHER FORMS OF MOTORS.
+
+§ 18A. =Spring Motors.=--This question has already been dealt with
+more or less whilst dealing with rubber motors, and the superiority of
+the latter over the former pointed out. Rubber has a much greater
+superiority over steel or other springs, because in stretch-twisted
+rubber far more energy can be stored up weight for weight. One pound
+weight of elastic can be made to store up some 320 ft.-lb. of energy,
+and steel only some 65 lb. And in addition to this there is the
+question of gearing, involving extra weight and friction; that is, if
+flat steel springs similar to those used in clockwork mechanism be
+made use of, as is generally the case. The only instance in which such
+springs are of use is for the purpose of studying the effects of
+different distributions of weight on the model, and its effect on the
+balance of the machine; but effects such as this can be brought about
+without a change of motor.
+
+§ 18B. A more efficient form of spring motor, doing away with gearing
+troubles, is to use a long spiral spring (as long as the rubber
+strands) made of medium-sized piano wire, similar in principle to
+those used in some roller-blinds, but longer and of thinner steel.
+
+The writer has experimented with such, as well as scores of other
+forms of spring motors, but none can compare with rubber.
+
+The long spiral form of steel spring is, however, much the best.
+
+§ 18C. =Compressed Air Motors.=--This is a very fascinating form of
+motor, on paper, and appears at first sight the ideal form. It is so
+easy to write: "Its weight is negligible, and it can be provided free
+of cost; all that is necessary is to work a bicycle pump for as many
+minutes as the motor is desired to run. This stored-up energy can be
+contained in a mere tube, of aluminium or magnalium, forming the
+central rib of the machine, and the engine mechanism necessary for
+conveying this stored-up energy to the revolving propeller need weigh
+only a few ounces." Another writer recommends "a pressure of 300 lb."
+
+§ 18D. A pneumatic drill generally works at about 80 lb. pressure,
+and when developing 1 horse-power, uses about 55 cubic ft. of free air
+per minute. Now if we apply this to a model aeroplane of average size,
+taking a reservoir 3 ft. long by 1½ in. internal diameter, made of
+magnalium, say--steel would, of course, be much better--the weight of
+which would certainly not be less than 4 oz., we find that at 80 lb.
+pressure such a motor would use
+
+ 55/Horse Power (H.P.)
+
+cub. ft. per minute.
+
+Now 80 lb. is about 5½ atmospheres, and the cubical contents of the
+above motor some 63 cub. in. The time during which such a model would
+fly depends on the H.P. necessary for flight; but a fair allowance
+gives a flight of from 10 to 30 sec. I take 80 lb. pressure as a fair
+practical limit.
+
+§ 18E. The pressure in a motor-car tyre runs from 40 to 80 lb.,
+usually about 70 lb. Now 260 strokes are required with an ordinary
+inflator to obtain so low a pressure as 70 lb., and it is no easy job,
+as those who have done it know.
+
+§ 19. Prior to 1893 Mr. Hargraves (of cellular kite fame) studied the
+question of compressed-air motors for model flying machines. His motor
+was described as a marvel of simplicity and lightness, its cylinder
+was made like a common tin can, the cylinder covers cut from sheet tin
+and pressed to shape, the piston and junk rings of ebonite.
+
+One of his receivers was 23-3/8 in. long, and 5·5 in. diameter, of
+aluminium plate 0·2 in. thick, 3/8 in. by 1/8 in. riveting strips were
+insufficient to make tight joints; it weighed 26 oz., and at 80 lb.
+water pressure one of the ends blew out, the fracture occurring at the
+bend of the flange, and not along the line of rivets. The receiver
+which was successful being apparently a tin-iron one; steel tubing was
+not to be had at that date in Sydney. With a receiver of this
+character, and the engine referred to above, a flight of 343 ft. was
+obtained, this flight being the best. (The models constructed by him
+were not on the aeroplane, but ornithoptere, or wing-flapping
+principle.) The time of flight was 23 _seconds_, with 54½ double
+vibrations of the engines. The efficiency of this motor was estimated
+to be 29 per cent.
+
+§ 20. By using compressed air, and heating it in its passage to the
+cylinder, far greater efficiency can be obtained. Steel cylinders can
+be obtained containing air under the enormous pressure of 120
+atmospheres.[19] This is practically liquid air. A 20-ft. cylinder
+weighs empty 23 lb. The smaller the cylinder the less the
+proportionate pressure that it will stand; and supposing a small steel
+cylinder, produced of suitable form and weight, and capable of
+withstanding with safety a pressure of from 300 to 600 lb. per sq.
+in., or from 20 to 40 atmospheres. The most economical way of working
+would be to admit the air from the reservoir directly to the motor
+cylinders; but this would mean a very great range in the initial
+working pressure, entailing not-to-be-thought-of weight in the form of
+multi-cylinder compound engines, variable expansion gear, etc.
+
+§ 21. This means relinquishing the advantages of the high initial
+pressure, and the passing of the air through a reducing valve, whereby
+a constant pressure, say, of 90 to 150, according to circumstances,
+could be maintained. By a variation in the ratio of expansion the air
+could be worked down to, say, 30 lb.
+
+The initial loss entailed by the use of a reducing valve may be in a
+great measure restored by heating the air before using it in the motor
+cylinders; by heating it to a temperature of only 320°F., by means of
+a suitable burner, the volume of air is increased by one half, the
+consumption being reduced in the same proportion; the consumption of
+air used in this way being 24 lb. per indicated horse-power per hour.
+But this means extra weight in the form of fuel and burners, and what
+we gain in one way we lose in another. It is, of course, desirable
+that the motor should work at as low a pressure as possible, since as
+the store of air is used up the pressure in the reservoir falls, until
+it reaches a limit below which it cannot usefully be employed. The air
+then remaining is dead and useless, adding only to the weight of the
+aeroplane.
+
+§ 22. From calculations made by the writer the _entire_ weight of a
+compressed-air model motor plant would be at least _one-third_ the
+weight of the aeroplane, and on a small scale probably one-half, and
+cannot therefore hold comparison with the _steam engine_ discussed in
+the next paragraph. In concluding these remarks on compressed-air
+motors, I do not wish to dissuade anyone from trying this form of
+motor; but they must not embark on experiments with the idea that
+anything useful or anything superior to results obtained with
+infinitely less expense by means of rubber can be brought to pass with
+a bicycle pump, a bit of magnalium tube, and 60 lb. pressure.
+
+§ 22A. In Tatin's air-compressed motor the reservoir weighed 700
+grammes, and had a capacity of 8 litres. It was tested to withstand a
+pressure of 20 atmospheres, but was worked only up to seven. The
+little engine attached thereto weighed 300 grammes, and developed a
+motive power of 2 kilogram-metres per second (_see_ ch. iii.).
+
+§ 23. =Steam-Driven Motors.=--Several successful steam-engined model
+aeroplanes have been constructed, the most famous being those of
+Professor Langley.
+
+Having constructed over 30 modifications of rubber-driven models, and
+experimented with compressed air, carbonic-acid gas, electricity, and
+other methods of obtaining energy, he finally settled upon the steam
+engine (the petrol motor was not available at that time, 1893). After
+many months' work it was found that the weight could not be reduced
+below 40 lb., whilst the engine would only develop ½ H.P., and
+finally the model was condemned. A second apparatus to be worked by
+compressed air was tried, but the power proved insufficient. Then came
+another with a carbonic-acid gas engine. Then others with various
+applications of electricity and gas, etc., but the steam engine was
+found most suitable; yet it seemed to become more and more doubtful
+whether it could ever be made sufficiently light, and whether the
+desired end could be attained at all. The chief obstacle proved not to
+be with the engines, which were made surprisingly light after
+sufficient experiment. _The great difficulty was to make a boiler of
+almost no weight which would give steam enough._
+
+§ 24. At last a satisfactory boiler and engine were produced.
+
+The engine was of 1 to 1½ H.P., total weight (including moving
+parts) 26 oz. The cylinders, two in number, had each a diameter of
+1¼ in., and piston stroke 2 in.
+
+The boiler, with its firegrate, weighed a little over 5 lb. It
+consisted of a continuous helix of copper tubing, 3/8 in. external
+diameter, the diameter of the coil being 3 in. altogether. Through the
+centre of this was driven the blast from an "Ælopile," a modification
+of the naphtha blow-torch used by plumbers, the flame of which is
+about 2000° F.[20] The pressure of steam issuing into the engines
+varied from 100 to 150 lb. per sq. in.; 4 lb. weight of water and
+about 10 oz. of naphtha could be carried. The boiler evaporated 1 lb.
+of water per minute.
+
+The twin propellers, 39 in. in diam., pitch 1¼, revolved from 800
+to 1000 a minute. The entire aeroplane was 15 ft. in length, the
+aerofoils from tip to tip about 14 ft., and the total weight slightly
+less than 30 lb., of which _one-fourth was contained in the
+machinery_. Its flight was a little over half a mile in length, and of
+1½ minutes' duration. Another model flew for about three-quarters
+of a mile, at a rate of about 30 miles an hour.
+
+It will be noted that engine, generator, etc., work out at about 7 lb.
+per H.P. Considerable advance has been made in the construction of
+light and powerful model steam engines since Langley's time, chiefly
+in connexion with model hydroplanes, and a pressure of from 500 to 600
+lb. per sq. in. has been employed; the steam turbine has been brought
+to a high state of perfection, and it is now possible to make a model
+De Laval turbine of considerable power weighing almost next to
+nothing,[21] the real trouble, in fact the only one, being the steam
+generator. An economization of weight means a waste of steam, of which
+models can easily spend their only weight in five minutes.
+
+§ 25. One way to economize without increased weight in the shape of a
+condenser is to use spirit (methylated spirit, for instance) for both
+fuel and boiler, and cause the exhaust from the engines to be ejected
+on to the burning spirit, where it itself serves as fuel. By using
+spirit, or some very volatile hydrocarbon, instead of water, we have a
+further advantage from the fact that such vaporize at a much lower
+temperature than water.
+
+§ 26. When experimenting with an engine of the turbine type we must
+use a propeller of small diameter and pitch, owing to the very high
+velocity at which such engines run.
+
+Anyone, however, who is not an expert on such matters would do well to
+leave such motors alone, as the very highest technical skill, combined
+with many preliminary disappointments and trials, are sure to be
+encountered before success is attained.
+
+§ 27. And the smaller the model the more difficult the problem--halve
+your aeroplane, and your difficulties increase anything from fourfold
+to tenfold.
+
+The boiler would in any case be of the flash type of either copper or
+steel tubing (the former for safety), with a magnalium container for
+the spirit, and a working pressure of from 150 to 200 lb. per sq. in.
+Anything less than this would not be worth consideration.
+
+§ 28. Some ten months after Professor Langley's successful model
+flights (1896), experiments were made in France at Carquenez, near
+Toulon. The total weight of the model aeroplane in this case was 70
+lb.; the engine power a little more than 1 H.P. Twin screws were
+used--_one in front and one behind_. The maximum velocity obtained was
+40 miles per hour; but the length of run only 154 yards, and duration
+of flight only a few seconds. This result compares very poorly with
+Langley's distance (of best flight), nearly one mile, duration 1 min.
+45 sec. The maximum velocity was greater--30 to 40 miles per hour. The
+total breadth of this large model was rather more than 6 metres, and
+the surface a little more than 8 sq. metres.
+
+§ 29. =Petrol Motors.=--Here it would appear at first thought is the
+true solution of the problem of the model aeroplane motor. Such a
+motor has solved the problem of aerial locomotion, as the steam engine
+solved that of terrestrial and marine travel, both full sized and
+model; and if in the case of full sized machines, then why not models.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 18.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL IN FULL FLIGHT.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 19.--MR. STANGER'S PETROL-DRIVEN MODEL AEROPLANE.
+
+(_Illustrations by permission from electros supplied by the "Aero."_)]
+
+§ 30. The exact size of the smallest _working_ model steam engine that
+has been made I do not know,[22] but it is or could be surprisingly
+small; not so the petrol motor--not one, that is, that would _work_.
+The number of petrol motor-driven model aeroplanes that have actually
+flown is very small. Personally I only know of one, viz., Mr. D.
+Stanger's, exhibited at the aero exhibition at the Agricultural Hall
+in 1908.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 20.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL PETROL ENGINE.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 21.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL PETROL ENGINE.]
+
+ In Fig. 21 the motor is in position on the aeroplane. Note
+ small carburettor. In Fig. 20 an idea of the size of engine may
+ be gathered by comparing it with the ordinary sparking-plug
+ seen by the side, whilst to the left of this is one of the
+ special plugs used on this motor. (_Illustrations by permission
+ from electros supplied by the "Aero."_)
+
+§ 31. The following are the chief particulars of this interesting
+machine:--The engine is a four-cylinder one, and weighs (complete with
+double carburetter and petrol tank) 5½ lb., and develops 1¼ H.P.
+at 1300 revolutions per minute.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 22.--ONE-CYLINDER PETROL MOTOR.
+
+(_Electro from Messrs. A.W. Gamage's Aviation Catalogue._)]
+
+The propeller, 29 in. in diam. and 36 in. in pitch, gives a static
+thrust of about 7 lb. The machine has a spread of 8 ft. 2 in., and is
+6 ft. 10 in. in length. Total weight 21 lb. Rises from the ground when
+a speed of about 16 miles an hour is attained. A clockwork
+arrangement automatically stops the engine. The engine air-cooled. The
+cylinder of steel, cast-iron heads, aluminium crank-case, double float
+feed carburetter, ignition by single coil and distributor. The
+aeroplane being 7 ft. 6 in. long, and having a span 8 ft.
+
+§ 32. =One-cylinder Petrol Motors.=--So far as the writer is aware no
+success has as yet attended the use of a single-cylinder petrol motor
+on a model aeroplane. Undoubtedly the vibration is excessive; but this
+should not be an insuperable difficulty. It is true it is heavier in
+proportion than a two-cylinder one, and not so efficient; and so far
+has not proved successful. The question of vibration on a model
+aeroplane is one of considerable importance. A badly balanced
+propeller even will seriously interfere with and often greatly curtail
+the length of flight.
+
+§ 33. =Electric Motors.=--No attempt should on any account be made to
+use electric motors for model aeroplanes. They are altogether too
+heavy, apart even from the accumulator or source of electric energy,
+for the power derivable from them. To take an extreme case, and
+supposing we use a 2-oz. electric motor capable of driving a propeller
+giving a static thrust of 3 oz.,[23] on weighing one of the smallest
+size accumulators without case, etc., I find its weight is 4½ oz.
+One would, of course, be of no use; at least three would be required,
+and they would require practically short circuiting to give sufficient
+amperage (running them down, that is, in some 10 to 15 seconds). Total
+weight, 1 lb. nearly. Now from a _pound_ weight of rubber one could
+obtain a thrust of _pounds_, not ounces. For scale models not intended
+for actual flight, of course, electric motors have their uses.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[12] Also there is no necessity for gearing.
+
+[13] In his latest models the writer uses strands even three times and
+not twice as long, viz. fourteen strands 43 in. long.
+
+[14] This refers to 1/16 in. square sectioned rubber.
+
+[15] Of uniform breadth and thickness.
+
+[16] In practice I find not quite so high a proportion as this is
+always necessary.
+
+[17] Steel pinion wire is very suitable.
+
+[18] See Appendix.
+
+[19] As high a pressure as 250 atmospheres has been used.
+
+[20] There was a special pump keeping the water circulating rapidly
+through the boiler, the intense heat converting some of it into steam
+as it flowed. The making of this boiler alone consumed months of work;
+the entire machine taking a year to construct, with the best
+mechanical help available.
+
+[21] Model Steam Turbines. "Model Engineer" Series, No. 13, price
+6_d._
+
+[22] See Introduction, note to § 1.
+
+[23] The voltage, etc., is not stated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+PROPELLERS OR SCREWS.
+
+
+§ 1. The design and construction of propellers, more especially the
+former, is without doubt one of the most difficult parts of model
+aeroplaning.
+
+With elastic or spring driven models the problem is more complicated
+than for models driven by petrol or some vaporized form of liquid
+fuel; and less reliable information is to hand. The problem of
+_weight_, unfortunately, is of primary importance.
+
+We will deal with these points in due course; to begin with let us
+take:--
+
+
+THE POSITION OF THE PROPELLER.
+
+In model aeroplanes the propeller is usually situated either in front
+or in the rear of the model; in the former case it is called a TRACTOR
+SCREW, i.e., it pulls instead of pushes.
+
+As to the merits of the two systems with respect to the tractor, there
+is, we know, in the case of models moving through water a distinct
+advantage in placing the propeller behind, and using a pushing or
+propulsive action, on account of the frictional "wake" created behind
+the boat, and which causes the water to flow after the vessel, but at
+a lesser velocity.
+
+In placing the propeller behind, we place it in such a position as to
+act upon and make use of this phenomenon, the effect of the propeller
+being to bring this following wake to rest. Theoretically a boat,
+model or otherwise, can be propelled with less horse-power than it can
+be towed. But with respect to aeroplanes, apart altogether from the
+difference of medium, there is _at present_ a very considerable
+difference of _form_, an aeroplane, model or otherwise, bearing at
+present but little resemblance to the hull of a boat.
+
+Undoubtedly there is a frictional wake in the case of aeroplanes,
+possibly quite as much in proportion as in the case of a boat,
+allowing for difference of medium. Admitting, then, that this wake
+does exist, it follows that a propulsive screw is better than a
+tractor. In a matter of this kind constructional considerations, or
+"ease of launching," and "ability to land without damage," must be
+given due weight.
+
+In the case of model aeroplanes constructional details incline the
+balance neither one way nor the other; but "ease in launching" and
+"ability to land without damage" weigh the balance down most decidedly
+in favour of a driving or propulsive screw.
+
+In the case of full-sized monoplanes constructional details had most
+to do with the use of tractors; but monoplanes are now being built
+with propulsive screws.[24]
+
+In the case of models, not models of full-sized machines, but actual
+model flyers, the writer considers propulsive screws much the
+best.[25]
+
+In no case should the propeller be placed in the centre of the model,
+or in such a position as to _shorten the strands of the elastic
+motor_, if good flights are desired.
+
+In the case of petrol or similar driven models the position of the
+propeller can be safely copied from actual well-recognised and
+successful full-sized machines.
+
+§ 2. =The Number of Blades.=--Theoretically the number of blades does
+not enter into consideration. The mass of air dealt with by the
+propeller is represented by a cylinder of indefinite length, whose
+diameter is the same as that of the screw, and the rate at which this
+cylinder is projected to the rear depends theoretically upon the pitch
+and revolutions (per minute, say) of the propeller and not the number
+of blades. Theoretically one blade (helix incomplete) would be
+sufficient, but such a screw would not "balance," and balance is of
+primary importance; the minimum number of blades which can be used is
+therefore _two_.
+
+In marine models three blades are considered best, as giving a better
+balance.
+
+In the case of their aerial prototypes the question of _weight_ has
+again to be considered, and two blades is practically the invariable
+custom.[26] Here, again, constructional considerations again come to
+the fore, and in the case of wooden propellers one of two blades is of
+far more easy construction than one of three.
+
+By increasing the number of blades the "thrust" is, of course, more
+evenly distributed over a larger area, but the weight is considerably
+increased, and in models a greater advantage is gained by keeping down
+the weight than might follow from the use of more blades.
+
+§ 3. =Fan versus Propeller.=--It must always be most carefully borne
+in mind that a fan (ventilating) and a propeller are not the same
+thing. Because many blades are found in practice to be efficient in
+the case of the former, it is quite wrong to assume that the same
+conclusion holds in the case of the latter.
+
+By increasing the number of blades the skin friction due to the
+resistance that has to be overcome in rotating the propeller through
+the air is added to.
+
+Moreover a fan is stationary, whilst a propeller is constantly
+_advancing_ as well as _rotating_ through the air.
+
+The action of a fan blower is to move a small quantity of air at a
+high velocity; whereas the action of a propeller is, or should be, to
+move _a large quantity of air at a small velocity_, for the function
+of a screw is to create thrust. Operating on a yielding fluid medium
+this thrust will evidently be in proportion to the mass of fluid
+moved, and also to the velocity at which it is put in motion.
+
+But the power consumed in putting this mass of fluid in motion is
+proportional to the mass and to the _square_ of the velocity at which
+it moves. From this it follows, as stated above, that in order to
+obtain a given thrust with the least loss of power, the mass of fluid
+acted on should be as large as possible, and the velocity imparted to
+it as little as possible.
+
+A fan requires to be so designed as to create a thrust when stationary
+(static thrust), and a propeller whilst moving through the air
+(dynamic thrust).
+
+§ 4. =The Function of a Propeller= is to produce dynamic thrust; and
+the great advantage of the use of a propeller as a thrusting or
+propulsive agent is that its surface is always active. It has no
+_dead_ points, and its motion is continuous and not reciprocating, and
+it requires no special machinery or moving parts in its construction
+and operation.
+
+§ 5. =The Pitch= of a propeller or screw is the linear distance a
+screw moves, backwards or forwards, in one complete revolution. This
+distance is purely a theoretical one. When, for instance, a screw is
+said to have a pitch of 1 ft., or 12 in., it means that the model
+would advance 1 ft. through the air for each revolution of the screw,
+provided that the propeller blade were mounted in _solid_ guides, like
+a nut on a bolt with one thread per foot. In a yielding fluid such as
+water or air it does not practically advance this distance, and hence
+occurs what is known as--
+
+§ 6. =Slip=, which may be defined as the distance which ought to be
+traversed, but which is lost through imperfections in the propelling
+mechanism; or it may be considered as power which should have been
+used in driving the model forward. In the case of a locomotive running
+on dry rails nothing is lost in slip, there being none. In the case of
+a steamer moored and her engines set going, or of an aeroplane held
+back prior to starting, all the power is used in slip, i.e. in putting
+the fluid in motion, and none is used in propulsion.
+
+Supposing the propeller on our model has a pitch of 1 ft., and we give
+the elastic motor 100 turns, theoretically the model should travel 100
+ft. in calm air before the propeller is run down; no propeller yet
+designed will do this. Supposing the actual length 77 ft., 23 per
+cent. has been lost in "slip." For this to be actually correct the
+propeller must stop at the precise instant when the machine comes to
+ground.
+
+Taking "slip" into account, then--
+
+_The speed of the model in feet per minute = pitch (in feet) ×
+revolutions per minute -- slip (feet per minute)._
+
+This slip wants to be made small--just how small is not yet known.
+
+If made too small then the propeller will not be so efficient, or, at
+any rate, such is the conclusion come to in marine propulsion, where
+it is found for the most economical results to be obtained that the
+slip should be from 10 to 20 per cent.
+
+In the case of aerial propellers a slip of 25 per cent. is quite good,
+40 per cent. bad; and there are certain reasons for assuming that
+possibly about 15 per cent. may be the best.
+
+§ 7. It is true that slip represents energy lost; but some slip is
+essential, because without slip there could be no "thrust," this same
+thrust being derived from the reaction of the volume of air driven
+backwards.
+
+The thrust is equal to--
+
+_Weight of mass of air acted on per second × slip velocity in feet per
+second._
+
+In the case of an aeroplane advancing through the air it might be
+thought that the thrust would be less. Sir Hiram Maxim found, however,
+as the result of his experiments that the thrust with a propeller
+travelling through the air at a velocity of 40 miles an hour was the
+same as when stationary, the r.p.m. remaining constant throughout. The
+explanation is that when travelling the propeller is continually
+advancing on to "undisturbed" air, the "slip" velocity is reduced, but
+the undisturbed air is equivalent to acting upon a greater mass of
+air.
+
+§ 8. =Pitch Coefficient or Pitch Ratio.=--If we divide the pitch of a
+screw by its diameter we obtain what is known as pitch coefficient or
+ratio.
+
+The mean value of eighteen pitch coefficients of well-known full-sized
+machines works out at 0·62, which, as it so happens, is exactly the
+same as the case of the Farman machine propeller considered alone,
+this ratio varying from 0·4 to 1·2; in the case of the Wright's
+machine it is (probably) 1. The efficiency of their propeller is
+admitted on all hands. Their propeller is, of course, a slow-speed
+propeller, 450 r.p.m. The one on the Blériot monoplane (Blériot XI.)
+pitch ratio 0·4, r.p.m. 1350.
+
+In marine propulsion the pitch ratio is generally 1·3 for a slow-speed
+propeller, decreasing to 0·9 for a high-speed one. In the case of
+rubber-driven model aeroplanes the pitch ratio is often carried much
+higher, even to over 3.
+
+Mr. T.W.K. Clarke recommends a pitch angle of 45°, or less, at the
+tips, and a pitch ratio of 3-1/7 (with an angle of 45°). Within limits
+the higher the pitch ratio the better the efficiency. The higher the
+pitch ratio the slower may be the rate of revolution. Now in a rubber
+motor we do not want the rubber to untwist (run out) too quickly; with
+too fine a pitch the propeller "races," or does something remarkably
+like it. It certainly revolves with an abnormally high percentage of
+slip. And for efficiency it is certainly desirable to push this ratio
+to its limit; but there is also the question of the
+
+§ 9. =Diameter.=--"The diameter (says Mr. T.W.K. Clarke) should be
+equal to one-quarter the span of the machine."
+
+If we increase the diameter we shall decrease the pitch ratio. From
+experiments which the writer has made he prefers a lower pitch ratio
+and increased diameter, viz. a pitch ratio of 1·5, and a diameter of
+one-third to even one-half the span, or even more.[27] Certainly not
+less than one-third. Some model makers indulge in a large pitch ratio,
+angle, diameter, and blade area as well, but such a course is not to
+be recommended.
+
+§ 10. =Theoretical Pitch.=--Theoretically the pitch (from boss to
+tip) should at all points be the same; the boss or centre of the blade
+at right angles to the plane of rotation, and the angle decreasing as
+one approaches the tips. This is obvious when one considers that the
+whole blade has to move forward the same amount. In the diagrams Figs.
+23 and 24 the tip A of the propeller travels a distance = 2 {pi} R every
+revolution. At a point D on the blade, distant _r_ from the centre,
+the distance is 2 {pi} _r_. In both instances the two points must advance
+a distance equal to the pitch, i.e. the distance represented by P O.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 23.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 24.
+
+A O = 2 {pi} R; D O = 2 {pi} _r_.]
+
+A will move along A P, B along B P, and so on. The angles at the
+points A, B, C ... (Fig. 24), showing the angles at which the
+corresponding parts of the blade at A, B, C ... in Fig. 23 must be set
+in order that a uniform pitch may be obtained.
+
+§ 11. If the pitch be not uniform then there will be some portions of
+the blade which will drag through the air instead of affording useful
+thrust, and others which will be doing more than they ought, putting
+air in motion which had better be left quiet. This uniform total pitch
+for all parts of the propeller is (as already stated) a decreasing
+rate of pitch from the centre to the edge. With a total pitch of 5
+ft., and a radius of 4 ft., and an angle at the circumference of 6°,
+then the angle of pitch at a point midway between centre and
+circumference should be 12°, in order that the total pitch may be the
+same at all parts.
+
+§ 12. =To Ascertain the Pitch of a Propeller.=--Take any point on one
+of the blades, and carefully measure the inclination of the blade at
+that point to the plane of rotation.
+
+If the angle so formed be about 19° (19·45),[28] i.e., 1 in 3, and the
+point 5 in. from the centre, then every revolution this point will
+travel a distance
+
+ 2 {pi} _r_ = 2 × 22/7 × 5 = 31·34.
+
+Now since the inclination is 1 in 3,[29] the propeller will travel
+forward theoretically one-third of this distance, or
+
+ 31·43/3 = 10·48 = 10½ in. approx.
+
+Similarly any other case may be dealt with. If the propeller have a
+uniform _constant angle_ instead of a uniform pitch, then the pitch
+may be calculated at a point about one-third the length of the blade
+from the tip.
+
+§ 13. =Hollow-Faced Blades.=[30]--It must always be carefully borne
+in mind that a propeller is nothing more nor less than a particular
+form of aeroplane specially designed to travel a helical path. It
+should, therefore, be hollow faced and partake of the "stream line"
+form, a condition not fulfilled if the face of the blade be flat--such
+a surface cutting into the air with considerable shock, and by no
+means creating as little undesirable motion in the surrounding medium
+as possible.
+
+It must not be forgotten that a curved face blade has of necessity an
+increasing pitch from the cutting to the trailing edge (considering,
+of course, any particular section). In such a case the pitch is the
+_mean effective pitch_.
+
+§ 14. =Blade Area.=--We have already referred to the fact that the
+function of a propeller is to produce dynamic thrust--to drive the
+aeroplane forward by driving the air backwards. At the same time it is
+most desirable for efficiency that the air should be set in motion as
+little as possible, this being so much power wasted; to obtain the
+greatest reaction or thrust the greatest possible volume of air should
+be accelerated to the smallest velocity.
+
+In marine engineering in slow-speed propellers (where cavitation[31]
+does not come in) narrow blades are usually used. In high-speed marine
+propellers (where cavitation is liable to occur) the projected area of
+the blades is sometimes as much as 0·6 of the total disk area. In the
+case of aerial propellers, where cavitation does not occur, or not
+unless the velocity be a very high one (1500 or more a minute), narrow
+blades are the best. Experiments in marine propulsion also show that
+the thrust depends more on the disk area than on the width of the
+blades. All the facts tend to show that for efficiency the blades of
+the propeller should be narrow, in order that the air may not be acted
+on for too long a time, and so put too much in motion, and the blades
+be so separated that one blade does not disturb the molecules of air
+upon which the next following one must act. Both in the case of marine
+and aerial propellers multiplicity of blades (i.e. increased blade
+area) tends to inefficiency of action, apart altogether from the
+question of weight and constructional difficulties. The question of
+increasing pitch in the case of hollow-faced blades, considered in the
+last paragraph, has a very important bearing on the point we are
+considering. To make a wide blade under such circumstances would be to
+soon obtain an excessive angle.
+
+In the case of a flat blade the same result holds, because the air has
+by the contact of its molecules with the "initial minimum width" been
+already accelerated up to its final velocity, and further area is not
+only wasted, but inimical to good flights, being our old bugbear
+"weight in excess."
+
+Requisite strength and stiffness, of course, set a limit on the final
+narrowness of the blades, apart from other considerations.
+
+§ 15. The velocity with which the propeller is rotated has also an
+important bearing on this point; but a higher speed than 900 r.p.m.
+does not appear desirable, and even 700 or less is generally
+preferable.[32] In case of twin-screw propellers, with an angle at the
+tips of 40° to 45°, as low a velocity of 500 or even less would be
+still better.[33]
+
+§ 16. =Shrouding.=--No improvement whatever is obtained by the use of
+any kind of shrouding or ring round the propeller tips, or by
+corrugating the surface of the propeller, or by using cylindrical or
+cone-shaped propeller chamber or any kind of air guide either before
+or after the propeller; allow it to revolve in as free an air-feed as
+possible, the air does not fly off under centrifugal force, but is
+powerfully sucked inwards in a well-designed propeller.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 25.
+
+A TUBE OF AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 26.
+
+A CYLINDER OF AIR.]
+
+§ 17. =General Design.=--The propeller should be so constructed as to
+act upon a tube and not a "cylinder" of air. Many flying toys
+(especially the French ones) are constructed with propellers of the
+cylinder type. Ease of manufacture and the contention that those
+portions of the blades adjacent to the boss do little work, and a
+slight saving in weight, are arguments that can be urged in their
+favour. But all the central cut away part offers resistance in the
+line of travel, instead of exerting its proportionate propulsive
+power, and their efficiency is affected by such a practice.
+
+§ 18. A good =Shape= for the blades[34] is rectangular with rounded
+corners; the radius of the circle for rounding off the corners may be
+taken as about one-quarter of the width of the blade. The shape is not
+_truly rectangular, for the width of this rectangular at (near) the
+boss should be one-half the width at the tip_.
+
+The thickness should diminish uniformly from the boss to the tip. (In
+models the thickness should be as little as is consistent with
+strength to keep down the weight). _The pitch uniform and large._
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 27.--O T = 1/3 O P.]
+
+§ 19. =The Blades, two in number=, and hollow faced--the maximum
+concavity being one-third the distance from the entering to the
+trailing edge; the ratio of A T to O P (the width) being 0·048 or 1 :
+21, these latter considerations being founded on the analogy between a
+propeller and the aerofoil surface. (If the thickness be varied from
+the entering to the trailing edge the greatest thickness should be
+towards the former.) The convex surface of the propeller must be taken
+into account, in fact, it is no less important than the concave, and
+the entire surface must be given a true "stream line" form.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 28.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 29.]
+
+If the entering and trailing edge be not both straight, but one be
+curved as in Fig. 28, then the straight edge must be made the
+_trailing_ edge. And if both be curved as in Fig. 29, then the
+_concave_ edge must be the trailing edge.
+
+§ 19. =Propeller Design.=--To design a propeller, proceed as follows.
+Suppose the diameter 14 in. and the pitch three times the diameter,
+i.e. 52 in. (See Fig. 30.)
+
+Take one-quarter scale, say. Draw a centre line A B of convenient
+length, set of half the pitch 52 in. -- ¼ scale = 5¼ in. = C - D.
+Draw lines through C and D at right angles to C D.
+
+With a radius equal to half the diameter (i.e. in this case 1¾ in.)
+of the propeller, describe a semicircle E B F and complete the
+parallelogram F H G E. Divide the semicircle into a number of equal
+parts; twelve is a convenient number to take, then each division
+subtends an angle of 15° at the centre D.
+
+Divide one of the sides E G into the same number of equal parts
+(twelve) as shown. Through these points draw lines parallel to F E or
+H G.
+
+And through the twelve points of division on the semicircle draw lines
+parallel to F H or E G as shown. The line drawn through the successive
+intersections of these lines is the path of the tip of the blade
+through half a revolution, viz. the line H S O T E.
+
+S O T X gives the angle at the tip of the blades = 44°.
+
+Let the shape of the blade be rectangular with rounded corners, and
+let the breadth at the tip be twice that at the boss.
+
+Then the area (neglecting the rounded off corners) is 10½ sq. in.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 30.--PROPELLER DESIGN.
+
+One quarter scale. Diameter 14 in. Pitch 52 in. Angle at tip 44°.]
+
+The area being that of a rectangle 7 in. × 1 in. = 7 sq. in. plus area
+of two triangles, base ½ in., height 7 in. Now area of triangle =
+half base × height. Therefore area of both triangles = ½ in. × 7
+in. = 3½ sq. in. Now the area of the disc swept out by the
+propeller is
+
+ {pi}/4 × (diam.)² ({pi} = 22/7)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 31.--PROPELLER DESIGN.
+
+Scale one-eighth for A B and B C; but sections of blade are
+full-sized.]
+
+And if _d_ A _r_ = the "disc area ratio" we have
+
+ (_d_ A _r_) × {pi}/4 × (14)² = area of blade = 10½,
+
+whence _d_ A _r_ = 0·07 about.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 32.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 33.]
+
+In Fig. 31 set off A B equal to the pitch of the propeller (42 in.),
+one-eighth scale. Set off B C at right angles to A B and equal to
+
+ {pi} × diameter = 22/7 × 14 = 44 in. to scale 5½ in.
+
+Divide B C into a convenient number of equal parts in the figure; five
+only are taken, D, E, F, G, H; join A D, A E, A F, A G, A H and
+produce them; mark off distances P O, S R, Y T ... equal to the width
+of the blade at these points (H P = H O; G S = G R ...) and sketch in
+the sections of blade as desired. In the figure the greatest concavity
+of the blade is supposed to be one-third the distances P O, S R ...
+from PS.... The concavity is somewhat exaggerated. The angles A H B, A
+G B, A F B ... represent the pitch angle at the points H, G, F ... of
+the blade.
+
+Similarly any other design may be dealt with; in a propeller of 14 in.
+diameter the diameter of the "boss" should not be more than 10/16 in.
+
+§ 20. =Experiments with Propellers.=--The propeller design shown in
+Figs. 32 and 33, due to Mr. G. de Havilland,[35] is one very suitable
+for experimental purposes. A single tube passing through a T-shaped
+boss forms the arms. On the back of the metal blade are riveted four
+metallic clips; these clips being tightened round the arm by
+countersunk screws in the face of the blade.
+
+The tube and clips, etc., are all contained with the back covering of
+the blade, as shown in Fig. 35, if desired, the blade then practically
+resembling a wooden propeller. The construction, it will be noticed,
+allows of the blade being set at any angle, constant or otherwise;
+also the pitch can be constant or variable as desired, and any "shape"
+of propeller can be fitted.
+
+The advantage of being able to _twist_ the blade (within limits) on
+the axis is one not to be underestimated in experimental work.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 34.--THE AUTHOR'S PROPELLER TESTING APPARATUS.]
+
+With a view to ascertain some practical and reliable data with respect
+to the _dynamic_, or actual thrust given when moving through free air
+at the velocity of actual travel, the author experimented with the
+apparatus illustrated in Figs. 34 and 35, which is so simple and
+obvious as to require scarcely any explanation.
+
+The wires were of steel, length not quite 150 ft., fitted with wire
+strainers for equalising tension, and absolutely free from "kinks."
+As shown most plainly in Fig. 35, there were two parallel wires
+sufficiently far apart for the action of one propeller not to affect
+the other. Calling these two wires A and B, and two propellers _x_ and
+_y_, then _x_ is first tried on A and _y_ on B. Results carefully
+noted.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 35.--PROPELLER TESTING.
+
+Showing distance separating the two wires.]
+
+Then _x_ is tried on B and _y_ on A, and the results again carefully
+noted. If the results confirm one another, the power used in both
+cases being the same, well and good; if not, adjustments, etc., are
+made in the apparatus until satisfactory results are obtained. This
+was done when the propellers "raced" one against the other. At other
+times one wire only was made use of, and the time and distance
+traversed was noted in each case. Propellers were driven through
+smoke, and with silk threads tied to a light framework slightly larger
+than their disc area circumference. Results of great interest were
+arrived at. These results have been assumed in much that has been said
+in the foregoing paragraphs.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 36.--ONE GROUP OF PROPELLERS TESTED BY THE AUTHOR.]
+
+Briefly put, these results showed:--
+
+1. The inefficiency of a propeller of the fan blower or of the static
+thrust type.
+
+2. The advantage of using propellers having hollow-faced blades and
+large diameter.
+
+3. That diameter was more useful than blade area, i.e. given a certain
+quantity (weight) of wood, make a long thin blade and not a shorter
+one of more blade area--blade area, i.e., as proportionate to its
+corresponding disc area.
+
+4. That the propeller surface should be of true stream-line form.
+
+5. That it should act on a cylinder and not tubes of air.
+
+6. That a correctly designed and proportioned propeller was just as
+efficacious in a small size of 9 in. to 28 in. as a full-sized
+propeller on a full-sized machine.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 37.--AN EFFICIENT PROPELLER, BUT RATHER HEAVY.
+
+Ball bearings, old and new. Note difference in sizes and weights.
+Propeller, 14 in. diam.; weight 36 grammes.]
+
+A propeller of the static-thrust type was, of course, "first off,"
+sometimes 10 ft. or 12 ft. ahead, or even more; but the correctly
+designed propeller gradually gathered up speed and acceleration, just
+as the other fell off and lost it, and finally the "dynamic" finished
+along its corresponding wire far ahead of the "static," sometimes
+twice as far, sometimes six times. "Freak" propellers were simply not
+in it.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 38.--"VENNA" PROPELLER.
+
+A 20 per cent. more efficient propeller than that shown in Fig. 41; 14
+per cent. lighter; 6 per cent. better in dynamic thrust--14 in. diam.;
+weight 31 grammes.]
+
+Metal propellers of constant angle, as well as wooden ones of uniform
+(constant) pitch, were tested; the former gave good results, but not
+so good as the latter.
+
+The best angle of pitch (at the tip) was found to be from 20° to 30°.
+
+In all cases when the slip was as low as 25 per cent., or even
+somewhat less, nearly 20 per cent., a distinct "back current" of air
+was given out by the screw. This "slip stream," as it is caused, is
+absolutely necessary for efficiency.
+
+§ 21. =Fabric-covered= screws did not give very efficient results; the
+only point in their use on model aeroplanes is their extreme
+lightness. Two such propellers of 6 in. diameter can be made to weigh
+less than 1/5 oz. the pair; but wooden propellers (built-up principle)
+have been made 5 in. diameter and 1/12 oz. in weight.
+
+§ 22. Further experiments were made with twin screws mounted on model
+aeroplanes. In one case two propellers, both turning in the _same_
+direction, were mounted (without any compensatory adjustment for
+torque) on a model, total weight 1½ lb. Diameter of each propeller
+14 in.; angle of blade at tip 25°. The result was several good
+flights--the model (_see_ Fig. 49c) was slightly unsteady across the
+wind, that was all.
+
+In another experiment two propellers of same diameter, pitch, etc.,
+but of shape similar to those shown in Figs. 28 and 29, were tried as
+twin propellers on the same machine. The rubber motors were of equal
+weight and strength.
+
+The model described circled to the right or left according to the
+position of the curved-shaped propeller, whether on the left or right
+hand, thereby showing its superiority in dynamic thrust. Various
+alterations were made, but always with the same result. These
+experiments have since been confirmed, and there seems no doubt that
+the double-curved shaped blade _is_ superior. (See Fig. 39.)
+
+§ 23. =The Fleming-Williams Propeller.=--A chapter on propellers would
+scarcely be complete without a reference to the propeller used on a
+machine claiming a record of over a quarter of a mile. This form of
+propeller, shown in the group in Fig. 36 (top right hand), was found
+by the writer to be extremely deficient in dynamic thrust, giving the
+worst result of any shown there.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 39.--CURVED DOUBLE PROPELLER.
+
+The most efficient type yet tested by the writer, when the blade is
+made hollow-faced. When given to the writer to test it was flat-faced
+on one side.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 40.--THE FLEMING-WILLIAMS MODEL.]
+
+It possesses large blade area, large pitch angle--more than 45° at the
+tip--and large diameter. These do not combine to propeller efficiency
+or to efficient dynamic thrust; but they do, of course, combine to
+give the propeller a very slow rotational velocity. Provided they give
+_sufficient_ thrust to cause the model to move through the air at a
+velocity capable of sustaining it, a long flight may result, not
+really owing to true efficiency on the part of the propellers,[36] but
+owing to the check placed on their revolutions per minute by their
+abnormal pitch angle, etc. The amount of rubber used is very great for
+a 10 oz. model, namely, 34 strands of 1/16 in. square rubber to each
+propeller, i.e. 68 strands in all.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 41.--THE SAME IN FLIGHT.
+
+(_Reproduced by permission from "The Aero."_)]
+
+On the score of efficiency, when it is desired to make a limited
+number of turns give the longest flight (which is the problem one
+always has to face when using a rubber motor) it is better to make use
+of an abnormal diameter, say, more than half the span, and using a tip
+pitch angle of 25°, than to make use of an abnormal tip pitch 45° and
+more, and large blade area. In a large pitch angle so much energy is
+wasted, not in dynamic thrust, but in transverse upsetting torque. On
+no propeller out of dozens and dozens that I have tested have I ever
+found a tip-pitch of more than 35° give a good dynamic thrust; and for
+length of flight velocity due to dynamic thrust must be given due
+weight, as well as the duration of running down of the rubber motor.
+
+§ 24. Of built up or carved out and twisted wooden propellers, the
+former give the better result; the latter have an advantage, however,
+in sometimes weighing less.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[24] _Note._--Since the above was written some really remarkable
+flights have been obtained with a 1 oz. model having two screws, one
+in front and the other behind. Equally good flights have also been
+obtained with the two propellers behind, one revolving in the
+immediate rear of the other. Flying, of course, with the wind,
+_weight_ is of paramount importance in these little models, and in
+both these cases the "single stick" can be made use of. _See also_ ch.
+iv., § 28.
+
+[25] _See also_ ch. viii., § 5.
+
+[26] Save in case of some models with fabric-covered propellers. Some
+dirigibles are now being fitted with four-bladed wooden screws.
+
+[27] Vide Appendix.
+
+[28] Vide Equivalent Inclinations--Table of.
+
+[29] One in 3 or 0·333 is the _sine_ of the angle; similarly if the
+angle were 30° the sine would be 0·5 or ½, and the theoretical
+distance travelled one-half.
+
+[30] _Flat-Faced Blades._--If the blade be not hollow-faced--and we
+consider the screw as an inclined plane and apply the Duchemin formula
+to it--the velocity remaining the same, the angle of maximum thrust is
+35¼°. Experiments made with such screws confirm this.
+
+[31] Cavitation is when the high speed of the screw causes it to carry
+round a certain amount of the medium with it, so that the blades
+strike no undisturbed, or "solid," air at all, with a proportionate
+decrease in thrust.
+
+[32] In the Wright machine r.p.m. = 450; in Blériot XI. r.p.m. = 1350.
+
+[33] Such propellers, however, require a considerable amount of
+rubber.
+
+[34] But _see also_ § 22.
+
+[35] "Flight," March 10, 1910. (Illustration reproduced by
+permission.)
+
+[36] According to the author's views on the subject.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+THE QUESTION OF SUSTENTATION THE CENTRE OF PRESSURE.
+
+
+§ 1. Passing on now to the study of an aeroplane actually in the air,
+there are two forces acting on it, the upward lift due to the air
+(i.e. to the movement of the aeroplane supposed to be continually
+advancing on to fresh, undisturbed _virgin_ air), and the force due to
+the weight acting vertically downwards. We can consider the resultant
+of all the upward sustaining forces as acting at a single point--that
+point is called the "Centre of Pressure."
+
+Suppose A B a vertical section of a flat aerofoil, inclined at a small
+angle _a_ to the horizon C, the point of application of the resultant
+upward 'lift,' D the point through which the weight acts vertically
+downwards. Omitting for the moment the action of propulsion, if these
+two forces balance there will be equilibrium; but to do this they must
+pass through the same point, but as the angle of inclination varies,
+so does the centre of pressure, and some means must be employed
+whereby if C and D coincide at a certain angle the aeroplane will come
+back to the correct angle of balance if the latter be altered.
+
+In a model the means must be automatic. Automatic stability depends
+for its action upon the movement of the centre of pressure when the
+angle of incidence varies. When the angle of incidence increases the
+centre of pressure moves backwards towards the rear of the aerofoil,
+and vice versa.
+
+Let us take the case when steady flight is in progress and C and D are
+coincident, suppose the velocity of the wind suddenly to
+increase--increased lifting effect is at once the result, and the fore
+part of the machine rises, i.e. the angle of incidence increases and
+the centre of pressure moves back to some point in the rear of C D.
+The weight is now clearly trying to pull the nose of the aeroplane
+down, and the "lift" tending to raise the tail. The result being an
+alteration of the angle of incidence, or angle of attack as it is
+called, until it resumes its original position of equilibrium. A drop
+in the wind causes exactly an opposite effect.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 42.]
+
+§ 2. The danger lies in "oscillations" being set up in the line of
+flight due to changes in the position of the centre of pressure. Hence
+the device of an elevator or horizontal tail for the purpose of
+damping out such oscillations.
+
+§ 3. But the aerofoil surface is not flat, owing to the increased
+"lift" given by arched surfaces, and a much more complicated set of
+phenomena then takes place, the centre of pressure moving forward
+until a certain critical angle of incidence is reached, and after
+this a reversal takes place, the centre of pressure then actually
+moving backwards.
+
+The problem then consists in ascertaining the most efficient aerocurve
+to give the greatest "lift" with the least "drift," and, having found
+it, to investigate again experimentally the movements of the centre of
+pressure at varying angles, and especially to determine at what angle
+(about) this "reversal" takes place.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 43.]
+
+§ 4. Natural automatic stability (the only one possible so far as
+models are concerned) necessitates permanent or a permanently
+recurring coincidence (to coin a phrase) of the centre of gravity and
+the centre of pressure: the former is, of course, totally unaffected
+by the vagaries of the latter, any shifting of which produces a couple
+tending to destroy equilibrium.
+
+§ 5. As to the best form of camber (for full sized machine) possibly
+more is known on this point than on any other in the whole of
+aeronautics.
+
+In Figs. 44 and 45 are given two very efficient forms of cambered
+surfaces for models.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 44.--AN EFFICIENT FORM OF CAMBER.
+
+ B D Maximum Altitude. A C Chord.
+ Ratio of B D: A C :: 1:17. A D 1/3 of A C.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 45.--ANOTHER EFFICIENT FORM.
+
+Ratio of B D to A C 1 to 17. AD rather more than ¼ of A C.]
+
+The next question, after having decided the question of aerocurve, or
+curvature of the planes, is at what angle to set the cambered surface
+to the line of flight. This brings us to the question of the--
+
+§ 6. =Dipping Front Edge.=--The leading or front edge is not
+tangential to the line of flight, but to a relative upward wind. It is
+what is known as the "cyclic up-current," which exists in the
+neighbourhood of the entering edge. Now, as we have stated before, it
+is of paramount importance that the aerofoil should receive the air
+with as little shock as possible, and since this up-current does
+really exist to do this, it must travel through the air with a dipping
+front edge. The "relative wind" (the only one with which we are
+concerned) _is_ thereby met tangentially, and as it moves onward
+through the air the cambered surface (or aerocurve) gradually
+transforms this upward trend into a downward wake, and since by
+Newton's law, "Action and reaction are equal and opposite," we have
+an equal and opposite upward reaction.
+
+We now know that the top (or convex side) of the cambered surface is
+practically almost as important as the underneath or concave side in
+bringing this result about.
+
+The exact amount of "dipping edge," and the exact angle at which the
+chord of the aerocurve, or cambered surface, should be set to the line
+of flight--whether at a positive angle, at no angle, or at a negative
+angle--is one best determined by experiment on the model in question.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 46.]
+
+But _if at any angle, that angle either way should be a very small
+one_. If you wish to be very scientific you can give the underside of
+the front edge a negative angle of 5° to 7° for about one-eighth of
+the total length of the section, after that a positive angle,
+gradually increasing until you finally finish up at the trailing edge
+with one of 4°. Also, the form of cambered surface should be a
+paraboloid--not arc or arc of circles. The writer does not recommend
+such an angle, but prefers an attitude similar to that adopted in the
+Wright machine, as in Fig. 47.
+
+§ 7. Apart from the attitude of the aerocurve: _the greatest depth of
+the camber should be at one-third of the length of the section from
+the front edge, and the total depth measured from the top surface to
+the chord at this point should not be more than one-seventeenth of the
+length of section_.
+
+§ 8. It is the greatest mistake in model aeroplanes to make the camber
+otherwise than very slight (in the case of surfaced aerofoils the
+resistance is much increased), and aerofoils with anything but a _very
+slight_ arch are liable to be very unstable, for the aerocurve has
+always a decided tendency to "follow its own curve."
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 47.--ATTITUDE OF WRIGHT MACHINE.]
+
+The nature of the aerocurve, its area, the angle of inclination of its
+chord to the line of flight, its altitude, etc., are not the only
+important matters one must consider in the case of the aerofoil, we
+must also consider--
+
+§ 9. Its =Aspect Ratio=, i.e. the ratio of the span (length) of the
+aerofoil to the chord--usually expressed by span/chord. In the Farman
+machine this ratio is 5·4; Blériot, 4·3; Short, 6 to 7·5; Roe
+triplane, 7·5; a Clark flyer, 9·6.
+
+Now the higher the aspect ratio the greater should be the efficiency.
+Air escaping by the sides represents loss, and the length of the sides
+should be kept short. A broader aerofoil means a steeper angle of
+inclination, less stability, unnecessary waste of power, and is
+totally unsuited for a model--to say nothing of a full-sized machine.
+
+In models this aspect ratio may with advantage be given a higher value
+than in full-sized machines, where it is well known a practical safe
+constructional limit is reached long before theory suggests the
+limit. The difficulty consists in constructing models having a very
+high aspect ratio, and yet possessing sufficient strength and
+lightness for successful flight. It is in such a case as this where
+the skill and ingenuity of the designer and builder come in.
+
+It is this very question of aspect ratio which has given us the
+monoplane, the biplane, and the triplane. A biplane has a higher
+aspect ratio than a monoplane, and a triplane (see above) a higher
+ratio still.
+
+It will be noticed the Clark model given has a considerably higher
+aspect ratio, viz. 9·6. And even this can be exceeded.
+
+_An aspect ratio of_ 10:1 _or even_ 12:1 _should be used if
+possible._[37]
+
+§ 10. =Constant or Varying Camber.=--Some model makers vary the camber
+of their aerofoils, making them almost flat in some parts, with
+considerable camber in others; the tendency in some cases being to
+flatten the central portions of the aerofoil, and with increasing
+camber towards the tips. In others the opposite is done. The writer
+has made a number of experiments on this subject, but cannot say he
+has arrived at any very decisive results, save that the camber should
+in all cases be (as stated before) very slight, and so far as his
+experiments do show anything, they incline towards the further
+flattening of the camber in the end portions of the aerofoil. It must
+not be forgotten that a flat-surfaced aerofoil, constructed as it is
+of more or less elastic materials, assumes a natural camber, more or
+less, when driven horizontally through the air. Reference has been
+made to a reversal of the--
+
+§ 11. =Centre of Pressure on Arched Surfaces.=--Wilbur Wright in his
+explanation of this reversal says: "This phenomenon is due to the fact
+that at small angles the wind strikes the forward part of the aerofoil
+surface on the upper side instead of the lower, and thus this part
+altogether ceases to lift, instead of being the most effective part of
+all." The whole question hangs on the value of the critical angle at
+which this reversal takes place; some experiments made by Mr. M.B.
+Sellers in 1906 (published in "Flight," May 14, 1910) place this angle
+between 16° and 20°. This angle is much above that used in model
+aeroplanes, as well as in actual full-sized machines. But the
+equilibrium of the model might be upset, not by a change of attitude
+on its part, but on that of the wind, or both combined. By giving (as
+already advised) the aerofoil a high aspect ratio we limit the travel
+of the centre of pressure, for a high aspect ratio means, as we have
+seen, a short chord; and this is an additional reason for making the
+aspect ratio as high as practically possible. The question is, is the
+critical angle really as high as Mr. Seller's experiments would show.
+Further experiments are much needed.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[37] Nevertheless some models with a very low aspect ratio make good
+flyers, owing to their extreme lightness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+MATERIALS FOR AEROPLANE CONSTRUCTION.
+
+
+§ 1. The choice of materials for model aeroplane construction is more
+or less limited, if the best results are to be obtained. The lightness
+absolutely essential to success necessitates--in addition to skilful
+building and best disposition of the materials--materials of no undue
+weight relative to their strength, of great elasticity, and especially
+of great resilience (capacity to absorb shock without injury).
+
+§ 2. =Bamboo.=--Bamboo has per pound weight a greater resilience than
+any other suitable substance (silk and rubber are obviously useless as
+parts of the _framework_ of an aeroplane). On full-sized machines the
+difficulty of making sufficiently strong connections and a liability
+to split, in the larger sizes, are sufficient reasons for its not
+being made more use of; but it makes an almost ideal material for
+model construction. The best part to use (split out from the
+centrepiece) is the strip of tough wood immediately below the hard
+glazed surface. For struts, spars, and ribs it can be used in this
+manner, and for the long strut supporting the rubber motor an entire
+tube piece should be used of the requisite strength required; for an
+ordinary rubber motor (one yard long), 30 to 50 strands, this should
+be a piece 3/8 in. in diameter, and weight about 5/8 oz. per ft.
+_Bamboo may be bent_ by either the "dry" heat from a spirit lamp or
+stove, or it may be steamed, the latter for preference, as there is
+no danger of "scorching" the fibres on the inside of the bend. When
+bent (as in the case of other woods) it should be bound on to a
+"former" having a somewhat greater curvature than the curve required,
+because when cool and dry it will be sure to "go back" slightly. It
+must be left on the former till quite dry. When bending the "tube"
+entire, and not split portions thereof, it should be immersed in very
+hot, or even boiling, water for some time before steaming. The really
+successful bending of the tube _en bloc_ requires considerable
+patience and care.
+
+Bamboo is inclined to split at the ends, and some care is required in
+making "joints." The ribs can be attached to the spars by lashing them
+to thin T strips of light metal, such as aluminium. Thin thread, or
+silk, is preferable to very thin wire for lashing purpose, as the
+latter "gives" too much, and cuts into the fibres of the wood as well.
+
+§ 3. =Ash=, =Spruce=, =Whitewood= are woods that are also much used by
+model makers. Many prefer the last named owing to its uniform freedom
+from knots and ease with which it can be worked. It is stated 15 per
+cent. additional strength can be imparted by using hot size and
+allowing it to soak into the wood at an increase only of 3·7 per cent.
+of weight. It is less than half the weight of bamboo, but has a
+transverse rupture of only 7,900 lb. per sq. in. compared to 22,500 in
+the case of bamboo tubing (thickness one-eighth diameter) and a
+resilience per lb. weight of slightly more than one half. Some model
+makers advocate the use of =poplar= owing to its extreme lightness
+(about the same as whitewood), but its strength is less in the ratio
+of about 4:3; its resilience is very slightly more. It must be
+remembered that wood of the same kind can differ much as to its
+strength, etc., owing to what part of the tree it may have been cut
+from, the manner in which it may have been seasoned, etc. For model
+aeroplanes all wood used should have been at least a year in
+seasoning, and should be so treated when in the structure that it
+cannot absorb moisture.
+
+If we take the resilience of ash as 1, then (according to Haswell)
+relative resilience of beech is 0·86, and spruce 0·64.
+
+The strongest of woods has a weight when well seasoned of about 40 lb.
+per cub. ft. and a tenacity of about 10,000 lb. per sq. in.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 47A.--"AEROPLANE ALMA."
+
+A very effective French Toy Monoplane.]
+
+§ 4. =Steel.=--Ash has a transverse rupture of 14,300 lb. per sq. in.,
+steel tubing (thickness = 1/30 its diameter) 100,000 lb. per sq. in.
+Ash weighs per cub. ft. 47 lb., steel 490. Steel being more than ten
+times as heavy as ash--but a transverse rupture stress seven times as
+high.
+
+Bamboo in tube form, thickness one-third of diameter, has a
+transverse rupture of 22,500 lb. per sq. in., and a weight of 55 lb.
+per cub. ft.
+
+Steel then is nine times as heavy as bamboo--and has a transverse
+rupture stress 4·4 times as great. In comparing these three substances
+it must be carefully borne in mind that lightness and strength are not
+the only things that have to be provided for in model aeroplane
+building; there is the question of _resistance_--we must offer as
+small a cross-section to moving through the air as possible.
+
+Now while ash or bamboo and certain other timbers may carry a higher
+load per unit of weight than steel, they will present about three to
+three and a half times the cross-section, and this produces a serious
+obstacle, while otherwise meeting certain requirements that are most
+desirable. Steel tubing of sufficiently small bore is not, so far as
+the writer knows, yet on the market in England. In France very thin
+steel tubes are made of round, oval, hexagon, etc., shape, and of
+accurate thickness throughout, the price being about 18s. a lb.
+
+Although suitable steel tubing is not yet procurable under ordinary
+circumstances, umbrella steel is.
+
+§ 5. =Umbrella Section Steel= is a section 5/32 in. by 1/8 in. deep, 6
+ft. long weighing 2·1 oz., and a section 3/32 in. across the base by
+1/8 in. deep, 6 ft. long weighing 1·95 oz.
+
+It is often stated that umbrella ribs are too heavy--but this entirely
+depends on the length you make use of, in lengths of 25 in. for small
+aerofoils made from such lengths it is so; but in lengths of 48 in.
+(two such lengths joined together) the writer has used it with great
+success; often making use of it now in his larger models; the
+particular size used by him weighs 13½ grammes, to a length of 25
+in. He has never had one of these aerofoils break or become
+kinked--thin piano wire is used to stay them and also for spars when
+employed--the front and ends of the aerofoil are of umbrella steel,
+the trailing edge of steel wire, comparatively thin, kept taut by
+steel wire stays.
+
+§ 6. =Steel Wire.=--Tensile strength about 300,000 lb. per sq. in. For
+the aerofoil framework of small models and for all purposes of
+staying, or where a very strong and light tension is required, this
+substance is invaluable. Also for framework of light fabric covered
+propellers as well as for skids and shock absorber--also for hooks to
+hold the rubber motor strands, etc. No model is complete without it in
+some form or another.
+
+§ 7. =Silk.=--This again is a _sine qua non_. Silk is the strongest of
+all organic substances for certain parts of aeroplane construction. It
+has, in its best form, a specific gravity of 1·3, and is three times
+as strong as linen, and twice as strong in the thread as hemp. Its
+finest fibres have a section of from 0·0010 to 0·0015 in diameter. It
+will sustain about 35,000 lb. per sq. in. of its cross section; and
+its suspended fibre should carry about 150,000 ft. of its own
+material. This is six times the same figure for aluminium, and equals
+about 75,000 lb. steel tenacity, and 50 more than is obtained with
+steel in the form of watch springs or wire. For aerofoil surface no
+substance can compare with it. But it must be used in the form of an
+"oiled" or specially treated silk. Several such are on the market.
+Hart's "fabric" and "radium" silk are perhaps the best known. Silk
+weighs 62 lb. per cub. ft., steel has, we have seen, 490 lb., thus
+paying due regard to this and to its very high tensile strength it is
+superior to even steel wire stays.
+
+§ 8. =Aluminium and Magnalium.=--Two substances about which a great
+deal has been heard in connection with model aeroplaning; but the
+writer does not recommend their use save in the case of fittings for
+scale models, not actual flyers, unless especially light ones meant
+to fly with the wind. Neither can compare with steel. Steel, it is
+true, is three times as heavy as aluminium, but it has four or five
+times its strength; and whereas aluminium and magnalium may with
+safety be given a permissible breaking strength of 60 per cent. and 80
+per cent. respectively, steel can easily be given 80 per cent. Being
+also less in section, resistance to air travel is again less as in the
+case of wood. In fact, steel scores all round. Weight of magnalium :
+weight of aluminium :: 8:9.
+
+§ 9. =Alloys.=--During recent years scores, hundreds, possibly
+thousands of different alloys have been tried and experimented on, but
+steel still easily holds its own. It is no use a substance being
+lighter than another volume for volume, it must be _lighter and
+stronger weight for weight_, to be superior for aeronautical purpose,
+and if the difference be but slight, question of _bulk_ may decide it
+as offering _less resistance_.
+
+§ 10. =Sheet Ebonite.=--This substance is sometimes useful for
+experiments with small propellers, for it can be bent and moulded in
+hot water, and when cold sets and keeps its shape. _Vulcanized fibre_
+can be used for same purpose. _Sheet celluloid_ can be used in the
+same way, but in time it becomes brittle and shrinks. _Mica_ should be
+avoided. _Jointless cane_ in various sizes is a very useful
+material--the main aerofoil can be built of it, and it is useful for
+skids, and might be made more use of than it is.[38] _Three ply wood_,
+from 1/50 in. in thickness, is now on the market. Four or five ply
+wood can also be obtained. To those desiring to build models having
+wooden aerofoils such woods offer the advantage of great strength and
+extreme lightness.
+
+Referring to Table V. (Timber) at the end of the book, apparently the
+most suitable wood is Lombardy poplar; but its light weight means
+increased bulk, i.e. additional air resistance. Honduras mahogany is
+really a better all-round wood, and beech is not far behind.
+
+Resilience is an important factor. Ash heads the list; but mahogany's
+factor is also good, and in other respects superior.
+
+Lombardy poplar ought to be a very good wood for propellers, owing to
+its lightness and the ease with which it can be worked.
+
+_Hollow reeds_, and even _porcupine quills_, have been pressed into
+the service of the model maker, and owing to their great strength and
+extreme lightness, more especially the latter, are not without their
+uses.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[38] The chief advantage of cane--its want of stiffness, or facility
+in bending--is for some parts of the machine its chief disadvantage,
+where stiffness with resilience is most required.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+HINTS ON THE BUILDING OF MODEL AEROPLANES.
+
+
+§ 1. The chief difficulty in the designing and building of model
+aeroplanes is to successfully combat the conflicting interests
+contained therein. Weight gives stability, but requires extra
+supporting surface or a higher speed, i.e. more power, i.e. more
+weight. Inefficiency in one part has a terrible manner of repeating
+itself; for instance, suppose the aerofoil surface inefficient--badly
+designed--this means more resistance; more resistance means more
+power, i.e. weight, i.e. more surface, and so on _ad infinitum_.
+
+It is because of circumstances like the above that it is so difficult
+to _design_ really good and efficient flying models; the actual
+building of them is not so difficult, but few tools are required, none
+that are expensive or difficult to use.
+
+In the making of any particular model there are special points that
+require special attention; but there are certain general rules and
+features which if not adhered to and carefully carried out, or as
+carefully avoided, will cause endless trouble and failure.
+
+§ 2. In constructing a model aeroplane, or, indeed, any piece of
+aerial apparatus, it is very important not to interrupt the continuity
+of any rib, tube, spar, etc., by drilling holes or making too thinned
+down holding places; if such be done, additional strength by binding
+(with thread, not wire), or by slipping a small piece of slightly
+larger tube over the other, must be imparted to the apparatus.
+
+§ 3. Begin by making a simple monoplane, and afterwards as you gain
+skill and experience proceed to construct more elaborate and
+scientific models.
+
+§ 4. Learn to solder--if you do not know how to--it is absolutely
+essential.
+
+§ 5. Do not construct models (intended for actual flight) with a
+tractor screw-main plane in front and tail (behind). Avoid them as you
+would the plague. Allusion has already been made in the Introduction
+to the difficulty of getting the centre of gravity sufficiently
+forward in the case of Blériot models; again with the main aerofoil in
+front, it is this aerofoil and not the balancing elevator, or tail,
+that _first_ encounters the upsetting gust, and the effect of such a
+gust acting first on the larger surface is often more than the
+balancer can rectify in time to avert disaster. The proper place for
+the propeller is behind, in the wake of the machine. If the screw be
+in front the backwash from it strikes the machine and has a decidedly
+retarding action. It is often contended that it drives the air at an
+increased velocity under (and over) the main aerofoil, and so gives a
+greater lifting effect. But for proper lifting effect which it can
+turn without effort into air columns of proper stream line form what
+the aerofoil requires is undisturbed air--not propeller backwash.
+
+The rear of the model is the proper place for the propeller, in the
+centre of greatest air disturbance; in such a position it will recover
+a portion of the energy lost in imparting a forward movement to the
+air, caused by the resistance, the model generally running in such
+air--the slip of the screw is reduced to a corresponding degree--may
+even vanish altogether, and what is known as negative slip occur.
+
+§ 6. Wooden or metal aerofoils are more efficient than fabric covered
+ones. But they are only satisfactory in the smaller sizes, owing, for
+one thing, to the smash with which they come to the ground. This being
+due to the high speed necessary to sustain their weight. For
+larger-sized models fabric covered aerofoils should be used.
+
+§ 7. As to the shape of such, only three need be considered--the (_a_)
+rectangular, (_b_) the elongated ellipse, (_c_) the chamfered rear
+edge.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 48.--(_a_), (_b_), (_c_).]
+
+§ 8. The stretching of the fabric on the aerofoil framework requires
+considerable care, especially when using silk. It is quite possible,
+even in models of 3 ft. to 4 ft. spread, to do without "ribs," and
+still obtain a fairly correct aerocurve, if the material be stretched
+on in a certain way. It consists in getting a correct longitudinal and
+transverse tension. We will illustrate it by a simple case. Take a
+piece of thickish steel pianoforte wire, say, 18 in. long, bend it
+round into a circle, allowing ½ in. to 1 in. to overlap, tin and
+solder, bind this with soft very thin iron wire, and again solder
+(always use as little solder as possible). Now stitch on to this a
+piece of nainsook or silk, deforming the circle as you do so until it
+has the accompanying elliptical shape. The result is one of double
+curvature; the transverse curve (dihedral angle) can be regulated by
+cross threads or wires going from A to B and C to D.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49A.--MR. T.W.K. CLARKE'S 1 OZ. MODEL.]
+
+The longitudinal curve on the camber can be regulated by the original
+tension given to it, and by the manner of its fixing to the main
+framework. Suitable wire projections or loops should be bound to it by
+wire, and these fastened to the main framework by binding with _thin_
+rubber cord, a very useful method of fastening, since it acts as an
+excellent shock absorber, and "gives" when required, and yet
+possesses quite sufficient practical rigidity.
+
+§ 9. Flexible joints are an advantage in a biplane; these can be made
+by fixing wire hooks and eyes to the ends of the "struts," and holding
+them in position by binding with silk or thread. Rigidity is obtained
+by use of steel wire stays or thin silk cord.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49B.--MR. T.W.K. CLARKE'S 1 OZ. MODEL.
+
+Showing the position of C. of G., or point of support.]
+
+§ 10. Owing to the extra weight and difficulties of construction on so
+small a scale it is not desirable to use "double surface" aerofoils
+except on large size power-driven models.
+
+§ 11. It is a good plan not to have the rod or tube carrying the
+rubber motor connected with the outrigger carrying the elevator,
+because the torque of the rubber tends to twist the carrying
+framework, and interferes with the proper and correct action of the
+elevator. If it be so connected the rod must be stayed with piano
+wire, both longitudinally (to overcome the pull which we know is very
+great), and also laterally, to overcome the torque.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49C.--A LARGE MODEL AEROPLANE.
+
+Shown without rubber or propellers. Designed and constructed by the
+writer. As a test it was fitted with two 14 in. propellers revolving
+in the _same_ direction, and made some excellent flights under these
+conditions, rolling slightly across the wind, but otherwise keeping
+quite steady. Total weight, 1½ lb.; length, 6 ft.; span of main
+aerofoil, 5 ft. Constructed of bamboo, cane, and steel wire. Front
+skids steel wire. Back skids cane. Aerofoil covering nainsook.]
+
+
+§ 12. Some builders place the rubber motor above the rod, or bow frame
+carrying the aerofoils, etc., the idea being that the pull of the
+rubber distorts the frame in such a manner as to "lift" the elevator,
+and so cause the machine to rise rapidly in the air. This it does; but
+the model naturally drops badly at the finish and spoils the effect.
+It is not a principle that should be copied.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49D.--A VERY LIGHT WEIGHT MODEL.
+
+Constructed by the author. Provided with twin propellers of a modified
+Fleming-Williams type. This machine flew well when provided with an
+abnormal amount of rubber, owing to the poor dynamic thrust given by
+the propellers.]
+
+§ 13. In the Clarke models with the small front plane, the centre of
+pressure is slightly in front of the main plane.
+
+The balancing point of most models is generally slightly in front, or
+just within the front edge of the main aerofoil. The best plan is to
+adjust the rod carrying the rubber motor and propeller until the best
+balance is obtained, then hang up the machine to ascertain the centre
+of gravity, and you will have (approximately) the centre of pressure.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49E.--USEFUL FITTINGS FOR MODELS.
+
+1. Rubber tyred wheels. 2. Ball-bearing steel axle shafts. 3. Brass wire
+strainers with steel screws; breaking strain 200 lb. 4. Magnalium
+tubing. 5. Steel eyebolt. 6. Aluminium "T" joint. 7. Aluminium "L"
+piece. 8. Brass brazed fittings. 9. Ball-bearing thrust. 10. Flat
+aluminium "L" piece. (_The above illustrations taken (by permission)
+from Messrs. Gamage's catalogue on Model Aviation._)]
+
+§ 14. The elevator (or tail) should be of the non-lifting type--in
+other words, the entire weight should be carried by the main aerofoil
+or aerofoils; the elevator being used simply as a balancer.[39] If the
+machine be so constructed that part of the weight be carried by the
+elevator, then either it must be large (in proportion) or set up at a
+large angle to carry it. Both mean considerably more resistance--which
+is to be avoided. In practice this means the propeller being some
+little distance in rear of the main supporting surface.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49F.--USEFUL FITTINGS FOR MODELS.
+
+11. Aluminium ball thrust and racket. 12. Ball-bearing propeller,
+thrust, and stay.
+
+(_The above illustrations taken (by permission) from Messrs. Gamage's
+catalogue on Model Aviation._)]
+
+§ 15. In actual flying models "skids" should be used and not "wheels";
+the latter to be of any real use must be of large diameter, and the
+weight is prohibitive. Skids can be constructed of cane, imitation
+whalebone, steel watch or clock-spring, steel pianoforte wire. Steel
+mainsprings are better than imitation whalebone, but steel pianoforte
+wire best of all. For larger sized models bamboo is also suitable, as
+also ash or strong cane.
+
+§ 16. Apart from or in conjunction with skids we have what are termed
+"shock absorbers" to lessen the shock on landing--the same substances
+can be used--steel wire in the form of a loop is very effectual;
+whalebone and steel springs have a knack of snapping. These shock
+absorbers should be so attached as to "give all ways" for a part side
+and part front landing as well as a direct front landing. For this
+purpose they should be lashed to the main frame by thin indiarubber
+cord.
+
+§ 17. In the case of a biplane model the "gap" must not be less than
+the "chord"--preferably greater.
+
+In a double monoplane (of the Langley type) there is considerable
+"interference," i.e. the rear plane is moving in air already acted on
+by the front one, and therefore moving in a downward direction. This
+means decreased efficiency. It can be overcome, more or less, by
+varying the dihedral angle at which the two planes are set; but cannot
+be got rid of altogether, or by placing them far apart. In biplanes
+not possessing a dihedral angle--the propeller can be placed
+_slightly_ to one side--in order to neutralise the torque of the
+propeller--the best portion should be found by experiment--unless the
+pitch be very large; with a well designed propeller this is not by any
+means essential. If the propeller revolve clockwise, place it towards
+the right hand of the machine, and vice versa.
+
+§ 18. In designing a model to fly the longest possible distance the
+monoplane type should be chosen, and when desiring to build one that
+shall remain the longest time in the air the biplane or triplane type
+should be adopted.[40] For the longest possible flight twin propellers
+revolving in opposite directions[41] are essential. To take a concrete
+case--one of the writer's models weighed complete with a single
+propeller 8½ oz. It was then altered and fitted with two propellers
+(same diameter and weight); this complete with double rubber weighed
+10¼ oz. The advantage double the power. Weight increased only 20
+per cent., resistance about 10 per cent., total 30 per cent. Gain 70
+per cent. Or if the method of gearing advocated (see Geared Motors) be
+adopted then we shall have four bunches of rubber instead of two, and
+can thereby obtain so many more turns.[42] The length of the strands
+should be such as to render possible at least a thousand turns.
+
+The propellers should be of large diameter and pitch (not less than
+35° at the tips), of curved shape, as advocated in § 22 ch. v.; the
+aerofoil surface of as high an aspect ratio as possible, and but
+slight camber if any; this is a very difficult question, the question
+of camber, and the writer feels bound to admit he has obtained as long
+flights with surfaces practically flat, but which do, of course,
+camber slightly in a suitable wind, as with stiffer cambered surfaces.
+
+Wind cambered surfaces are, however, totally unsuitable in gusty
+weather, when the wind has frequently a downward trend, which has the
+effect of cambering the surface the wrong way about, and placing the
+machine flat on the ground. Oiled or specially prepared silk of the
+lightest kind should be used for surfacing the aerofoils. Some form of
+keel, or fin, is essential to assist in keeping the machine in a
+straight course, combined with a rudder and universally jointed
+elevator.
+
+The manner of winding up the propellers has already been referred to
+(_see_ chap. iii., § 9). A winder is essential.
+
+Another form of aerofoil is one of wood (as in Clarke's flyers) or
+metal, such a machine relying more on the swiftness of its flight than
+on its duration. In this the gearing would possibly not be so
+advantageous--but experiment alone could decide.
+
+The weight of the machine would require to be an absolute minimum, and
+everything not absolutely essential omitted.
+
+It is quite possible to build a twin-screw model on one central stick
+alone; but the isosceles triangular form of framework, with two
+propellers at the base corners, and the rubber motors running along
+the two sides and terminating at the vertex, is preferred by most
+model makers. It entails, of course, extra weight. A light form of
+skid, made of steel pianoforte wire, should be used. As to the weight
+and size of the model, the now famous "one-ouncers" have made some
+long flights of over 300 yards[43]; but the machine claiming the
+record, half a mile,[44] weighs about 10 oz. And apart from this
+latter consideration altogether the writer is inclined to think that
+from 5 oz. to 10 oz. is likely to prove the most suitable. It is not
+too large to experiment with without difficulty, nor is it so small as
+to require the skill of a jeweller almost to build the necessary
+mechanism. The propeller speed has already been discussed (_see_ ch.
+v., § 15). The model will, of course, be flown with the wind. The
+_total_ length of the model should be at least twice the span of the
+main aerofoil.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[39] This is a good plan--not a rule. Good flying models can, of
+course, be made in which this does not hold.
+
+[40] This is in theory only: in practice the monoplane holds both
+records.
+
+[41] The best position for the propellers appears to be one in front
+and one behind, when extreme lightness is the chief thing desired.
+
+[42] Because the number of strands of rubber in each bunch will be
+much less.
+
+[43] Mr. Burge Webb claims a record of 500 yards for one of his.
+
+[44] Flying, of course, with the wind. _Note._--In the "Model
+Engineer" of July 7, 1910, will be found an interesting account (with
+illustrations) of Mr. W.G. Aston's 1 oz. model, which has remained in
+the air for over a minute.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE STEERING OF THE MODEL.
+
+
+§ 1. Of all the various sections of model aeroplaning that which is
+the least satisfactory is the above.
+
+The torque of the propeller naturally exerts a twisting or tilting
+effect upon the model as a whole, the effect of which is to cause it
+to fly in (roughly speaking) a circular course, the direction
+depending on whether the pitch of the screw be a right or left handed
+one. There are various devices by which the torque may be
+(approximately) got rid of.
+
+§ 2. In the case of a monoplane, by not placing the rod carrying the
+rubber motor in the exact centre of the main aerofoil, but slightly to
+one side, the exact position to be determined by experiment.
+
+In a biplane the same result is obtained by keeping the rod in the
+centre, but placing the bracket carrying the bearing in which the
+propeller shaft runs at right angles horizontally to the rod to obtain
+the same effect.
+
+§ 3. The most obvious solution of the problem is to use _two_ equal
+propellers (as in the Wright biplane) of equal and opposite pitch,
+driven by two rubber motors of equal strength.
+
+Theoretically this idea is perfect. In practice it is not so. It is
+quite possible, of course, to use two rubber motors of an equal number
+of strands (equality should be first tested by _weighing_). It should
+be possible to obtain two propellers of equal and opposite pitch,
+etc., and it is also possible to give the rubber motors the same
+number of turns. In practice one is always wound up before the other.
+This is the first mistake. They should be wound up _at the same time_,
+using a double winder made for the purpose.
+
+The fact that this is _not_ done is quite sufficient to give an
+unequal torsion. The friction in both cases must also be exactly
+equal. Both propellers must be released at exactly the same instant.
+
+Supposing _all_ these conditions fulfilled (in practice they never
+are), supposing also the propellers connected by gearing (prohibitive
+on account of the weight), and the air quite calm (which it never is),
+then the machine should and undoubtedly would _fly straight_.
+
+For steering purposes by winding up one propeller _many more times_
+than the other, the aeroplane can generally speaking be steered to the
+right or left; but from what I have both seen and tried twin-screw
+model aeroplanes are _not_ the success they are often made out to be,
+and they are much more troublesome to deal with, in spite of what some
+say to the contrary.
+
+The solution of the problem of steering by the use of two propellers
+is only partially satisfactory and reliable, in fact, it is no
+solution at all.[45] The torque of the propeller and consequent
+tilting of the aeroplane is not the only cause at work diverting the
+machine from its course.
+
+§ 4. As it progresses through the air it is constantly meeting air
+currents of varying velocity and direction, all tending to make the
+model deviate more or less from its course; the best way, in fact, the
+only way, to successfully overcome such is by means of _speed_, by
+giving the aeroplane a high velocity, not of ten or twelve to fifteen
+miles an hour, as is usual in built up fabric-covered aerofoils, but a
+velocity of twenty to thirty miles an hour, attainable only in models
+(petrol or steam driven) or by means of wooden or metal aerofoils.
+
+§ 5. Amongst devices used for horizontal steering are vertical "FINS."
+These should be placed in the rear above the centre of gravity. They
+should not be large, and can be made of fabric tightly stretched over
+a wire frame, or of a piece of sheet magnalium or aluminium, turning
+on a pivot at the front edge, adjustment being made by simply twisting
+the fin round to the desired angle. As to the size, think of rudder
+and the size of a boat, but allow for the difference of medium. The
+frame carrying the pivot and fin should be made to slide along the rod
+or backbone of the model in order to find the most efficient position.
+
+§ 6. Steering may also be attempted by means of little balancing tips,
+or ailerons, fixed to or near the main aerofoil, and pivoted (either
+centrally or otherwise) in such a manner that they can be rotated one
+in one direction (tilted) and the other in the other (dipped), so as
+to raise one side and depress the other.
+
+§ 7. The model can also be steered by giving it a cant to one side by
+weighting the tip of the aerofoil on that side on which it is desired
+it should turn, but this method is both clumsy and "weighty."
+
+§ 8. Another way is by means of the elevator; and this method, since
+it entails no additional surfaces entailing extra resistance and
+weight, is perhaps the most satisfactory of all.
+
+It is necessary that the elevator be mounted on some kind of universal
+joint, in order that it may not only be "tipped" or "dipped," but also
+canted sideways for horizontal steering.
+
+§ 9. A vertical fin in the rear, or something in the nature of a
+"keel," i.e. a vertical fin running down the backbone of the machine,
+greatly assists this movement.
+
+If the model be of the tractor screw and tail (Blériot) type, then the
+above remarks _re_ elevator apply _mutatis mutandis_ to the tail.
+
+§ 10. It is of the most vital importance that the propeller torque
+should be, as far as possible, correctly balanced. This can be tested
+by balancing the model transversely on a knife edge, winding up the
+propeller, and allowing it to run down, and adjusting matters until
+the torque and compensatory apparatus balance. As the torque varies
+the mean should be used.
+
+In the case of twin propellers, suspend the model by its centre of
+gravity, wind up the propellers, and when running down if the model is
+drawn forward without rotation the thrust is equal; if not adjustment
+must be made till it does. The easiest way to do this _may_ be by
+placing one propeller, the one giving the greater thrust, slightly
+nearer the centre.
+
+In the case of two propellers rotating in opposite directions (by
+suitable gearing) on the common centre of two axes, one of the axes
+being, of course, hollow, and turning on the other--the rear propeller
+working in air already driven back by the other will require a coarser
+pitch or larger diameter to be equally efficient.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[45] These remarks apply to rubber driven motors. In the case of
+two-power driven propellers in which the power was automatically
+adjusted, say, by a gyroscope as in the case of a torpedo--and the
+_speed_ of each propeller varied accordingly--the machine could, of
+course, be easily steered by such means; but the model to carry such
+power and appliances would certainly weigh from 40 lb. to 60 lb.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE LAUNCHING OF THE MODEL.
+
+
+§ 1. Generally speaking, the model should be launched into the air
+_against the wind_.
+
+§ 2. It should (theoretically) be launched into the air with a
+velocity equal to that with which it flies. If it launch with a
+velocity in excess of that it becomes at once unstable and has to
+"settle down" before assuming its normal line of flight. If the
+velocity be insufficient, it may be unable to "pick up" its requisite
+velocity in time to prevent its falling to the ground. Models with
+wooden aerofoils and a high aspect ratio designed for swift flying,
+such as the well-known Clarke flyers, require to be practically
+"hurled" into the air.
+
+Other fabric-covered models capable of sustentation at a velocity of 8
+to 10 miles an hour, may just be "released."
+
+§ 3. Light "featherweight" models designed for long flights when
+travelling with the wind should be launched with it. They will not
+advance into it--if there be anything of a breeze--but, if well
+designed, just "hover," finally sinking to earth on an even keel. Many
+ingenious pieces of apparatus have been designed to mechanically
+launch the model into the air. Fig. 50 is an illustration of a very
+simple but effective one.
+
+§ 4. For large size power-driven models, unless provided with a
+chassis and wheels to enable them to run along and rise from the
+ground under their own power, the launching is a problem of
+considerable difficulty.
+
+§ 5. In the case of rubber-driven models desired to run along and rise
+from the ground under their own power, this rising must be
+accomplished quickly and in a short space. A model requiring a 50 ft.
+run is useless, as the motor would be practically run out by that
+time. Ten or twelve feet is the limit; now, in order to rise quickly
+the machine must be light and carry considerable surface, or, in other
+words, its velocity of sustentation must be a low one.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 50.--MR. POYNTER'S LAUNCHING APPARATUS.
+
+(_Reproduced by permission from the "Model Engineer."_)]
+
+§ 6. It will not do to tip up the elevator to a large angle to make it
+rise quickly, because when once off the ground the angle of the
+elevator is wrong for actual flight and the model will probably turn a
+somersault and land on its back. I have often seen this happen. If the
+elevator be set at an increased angle to get it to rise quickly, then
+what is required is a little mechanical device which sets the elevator
+at its proper flight angle when it leaves the ground. Such a device
+does not present any great mechanical difficulties; and I leave it to
+the mechanical ingenuity of my readers to devise a simple little
+device which shall maintain the elevator at a comparatively large
+angle while the model is on the ground, but allowing of this angle
+being reduced when free flight is commenced.
+
+§ 7. The propeller most suitable to "get the machine off the ground"
+is one giving considerable statical thrust. A small propeller of fine
+pitch quickly starts a machine, but is not, of course, so efficient
+when the model is in actual flight. A rubber motor is not at all well
+adapted for the purpose just discussed.
+
+§ 8. Professor Kress uses a polished plank (down which the models slip
+on cane skids) to launch his models.
+
+§ 9. When launching a twin-screw model the model should be held by
+each propeller, or to speak more correctly, the two brackets holding
+the bearings in which the propeller shafts run should be held one in
+each hand in such a way, of course, as to prevent the propellers from
+revolving. Hold the machine vertically downwards, or, if too large for
+this, allow the nose to rest slightly on the ground; raise (or swing)
+the machine up into the air until a little more than horizontal
+position is attained, and boldly push the machine into the air (moving
+forward if necessary) and release both brackets and screws
+simultaneously.[46]
+
+§ 10. In launching a model some prefer to allow the propellers to
+revolve for a few moments (a second, say) _before_ actually launching,
+contending that this gives a steadier initial flight. This is
+undoubtedly the case, see note on page 111.
+
+§ 11. In any case, unless trying for a height prize, do not point the
+nose of the machine right up into the air with the idea that you will
+thereby obtain a better flight.
+
+Launch it horizontally, or at a very small angle of inclination. When
+requiring a model to run along a field or a lawn and rise therefrom
+this is much facilitated by using a little strip of smooth oilcloth on
+which it can run. Remember that swift flying wooden and metal models
+require a high initial velocity, particularly if of large size and
+weight. If thrown steadily and at the proper angle they can scarcely
+be overthrown.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[46] Another and better way--supposing the model constructed with a
+central rod, or some suitable holdfast (this should be situated at the
+centre of gravity of the machine) by which it can be held in one
+hand--is to hold the machine with both hands above the head, the right
+hand grasping it ready to launch it, and the left holding the two
+propellers. Release the propellers and allow them a brief interval
+(about half a second) to start. Then launch boldly into the air. The
+writer has easily launched 1½ lb. models by this means, even in a
+high wind. Never launch a model by one hand only.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+HELICOPTER MODELS.
+
+
+§ 1. There is no difficulty whatever about making successful model
+helicopters, whatever there may be about full-sized machines.
+
+§ 2. The earliest flying models were helicopters. As early as 1796 Sir
+George Cayley constructed a perfectly successful helicopter model (see
+ch. iii.); it should be noticed the screws were superimposed and
+rotated in opposite directions.
+
+§ 3. In 1842 a Mr. Phillips constructed a successful power-driven
+model helicopter. The model was made entirely of metal, and when
+complete and charged weighed 2 lb. It consisted of a boiler or steam
+generator and four fans supported between eight arms. The fans had an
+inclination to the horizon of 20°, and through the arms the steam
+rushed on the principle of Hero's engines (Barker's Mill Principle
+probably). By the escape of steam from the arms the fans were caused
+to revolve with immense energy, so much so that the model rose to an
+immense altitude and flew across two fields before it alighted. The
+motive power employed was obtained from the combustion of charcoal,
+nitre and gypsum, as used in the original fire annihilator; the
+products of combustion mixing with water in the boiler and forming
+gas-charged steam, which was delivered at high pressure from the
+extremities of the eight arms.[47] This model and its flight (fully
+authenticated) is full of interest and should not be lost sight of, as
+in all probability being the first model actuated by steam which
+actually flew.
+
+The helicopter is but a particular phase of the aeroplane.
+
+§ 4. The simplest form of helicopter is that in which the torque of
+the propeller is resisted by a vertical loose fabric plane, so
+designed as itself to form a propeller, rotating in the opposite
+direction. These little toys can be bought at any good toy shop from
+about 6_d._ to 1_s._ Supposing we desire to construct a helicopter of
+a more ambitious and scientific character, possessing a vertically
+rotating propeller or propellers for horizontal propulsion, as well as
+horizontally rotating propellers for lifting purposes.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 51.--INCORRECT WAY OF ARRANGING SCREWS.]
+
+§ 5. There is one essential point that must be carefully attended to,
+and that is, _that the horizontal propulsive thrust must be in the
+same plane as the vertical lift_, or the only effect will be to cause
+our model to turn somersaults. I speak from experience.
+
+When the horizontally revolving propellers are driven in a horizontal
+direction their "lifting" powers will be materially increased, as they
+will (like an ordinary aeroplane) be advancing on to fresh undisturbed
+air.
+
+§ 6. I have not for ordinary purposes advocated very light weight wire
+framework fabric-covered screws, but in a case like this where the
+thrust from the propeller has to be more than the total weight of the
+machine, these might possibly be used with advantage.
+
+§ 7. Instead of using two long vertical rods as well as one long
+horizontal one for the rubber strands, we might dispense with the two
+vertical ones altogether and use light gearing to turn the torque
+action through a right angle for the lifting screws, and use three
+separate horizontal rubber strands for the three propellers on a
+suitable light horizontal framework. Such should result in a
+considerable saving of weight.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 52.--CORRECT MANNER. A, B, C = Screws.]
+
+§ 8. The model would require something in the nature of a vertical fin
+or keel to give the sense of direction. Four propellers, two for
+"lift" and two for "drift," would undoubtedly be a better
+arrangement.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[47] Report on First Exhibition of Aeronautical Society of Great
+Britain, held at Crystal Palace, June 1868.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+EXPERIMENTAL RECORDS.
+
+
+A model flying machine being a scientific invention and not a toy,
+every devotee to the science should make it his or her business to
+keep, as far as they are able, accurate and scientific records. For by
+such means as this, and the making known of the same, can a _science_
+of model aeroplaning be finally evolved. The following experimental
+entry forms, left purposely blank to be filled in by the reader, are
+intended as suggestions only, and can, of course, be varied at the
+reader's discretion. When you _have_ obtained carefully established
+data, do not keep them to yourself, send them along to one of the
+aeronautical journals. Do not think them valueless; if carefully
+arranged they cannot be that, and may be very valuable.
+
+
+EXPERIMENTAL DATA.
+
+ FORM I.
+
+ Column Headings:
+
+ A: Model
+ B: Weight
+ C: Area of Supporting Surface
+ D: Aspect Ratio
+ E: Average Length of Flight in Feet
+ F: Maximum Flight
+ G: Time of Flight, A. average
+ H: M. maximum
+ I: Kind and Direction of Wind
+ J: Camber
+ K: Angle of Inclination of Main Aerofoil to Line of Flight
+
+ -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
+ A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K
+ -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
+ | | | | | | A | M | | |
+ 1 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 2 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 3 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 4 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 5 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 6 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 7 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 8 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 9 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 10 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 11 | | | | | | | | | |
+ 12 | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | |
+ -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
+
+ FORM I.--_continued_.
+
+ Column Headings:
+
+ A: Model
+ B: Weight of (Rubber) Motor
+ C: Kind of Rubber, Flat, Square or Round
+ D: Lenght in Inches and Number of Strands
+ E: Number of Turns
+ F: Condition at End of Flight
+ G: Number of Propellers (No.) and Diameter (Diam.)
+ H: Number of Blades
+ I: Disc Area (DiscA.) and Pitch (Pitch)
+ J: Percentage of Slip
+ K: Thrust
+ L: Torque in Inche-Ounces
+
+ ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
+ A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L |
+ ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 4 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 5 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 7 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 8 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 9 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 10 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ 12 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+MODEL FLYING COMPETITIONS.
+
+
+§ 1. From time to time flying competitions are arranged for model
+aeroplanes. Sometimes these competitions are entirely open, but more
+generally they are arranged by local clubs with both closed and open
+events.
+
+No two programmes are probably exactly alike, but the following may be
+taken as fairly representative:--
+
+1. Longest flight measured in a straight line (sometimes both with and
+against the wind).[48]
+
+2. Stability (both longitudinal and transverse).
+
+3. Longest glide when launched from a given height without power, but
+with motor and propeller attached.
+
+4. Steering.
+
+5. Greatest height.
+
+6. The best all-round model, including, in addition to the above,
+excellence in building.
+
+Generally so many "points" or marks are given for each test, and the
+model whose aggregate of points makes the largest total wins the
+prize; or more than one prize may be offered--
+
+One for the longest flight.
+
+One for the swiftest flight over a measured distance.
+
+One for the greatest height.
+
+One for stability and steering.
+
+And one for the best all-round model.
+
+The models are divided into classes:--
+
+§ 2. _Aero Models Association's Classification, etc._
+
+ A. Models of 1 sq. ft. surface and under.
+ B. " 2 sq. ft. " "
+ C. " 4 sq. ft. " "
+ D. " 8 sq. ft. " "
+ E. " over 8 sq. ft.
+
+All surfaces, whether vertical, horizontal, or otherwise, to be
+calculated together for the above classification.
+
+All round efficiency--marks or points as percentages:--
+
+ Distance 40 per cent.
+ Stability 35 "
+ Directional control 15 "
+ Gliding angle 10 "[49]
+
+Two prizes:--
+
+One for length of flight.
+
+One for all-round efficiency (marked as above).
+
+Every competitor to be allowed three trials in each competition, the
+best only to count.
+
+All flights to be measured in a straight line from the starting to the
+landing point.
+
+Repairs may be made during the competition at the direction of the
+judges.[50]
+
+There are one or two other points where flights are _not_ made with
+and against the wind. The competitors are usually requested to start
+their models from within a given circle of (say) six feet diameter,
+and fly them _in any direction_ they please.
+
+"Gliding angle" means that the model is allowed to fall from a height
+(say) of 20 ft.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 53.--MODEL DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY THE AUTHOR
+FOR "GREATEST HEIGHT."
+
+A very lightly built model with a very low aspect ratio, and screw
+giving a very powerful dynamic thrust, and carrying rather a large
+amount of rubber. Climbs in left-handed spirals.]
+
+"Directional control," that the model is launched in some specified
+direction, and must pass as near as possible over some indicated
+point.
+
+The models are practically always launched by hand.
+
+§ 3. Those who desire to win prizes at such competitions would do well
+to keep the following points well in mind.
+
+1. The distance is always measured in a straight line. It is
+absolutely essential that your model should be capable of flying
+(approximately) straight. To see, as I have done, model after model
+fly quite 150 to 200 yards and finish within 50 yards of the
+starting-point (credited flight 50 yards) is useless, and a severe
+strain on one's temper and patience.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 54.--THE GAMAGE CHALLENGE CUP.
+
+Open Competition for longest flight. Crystal Palace, July 27. Won by
+Mr. E.W. Twining.]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 55.--MEDAL WON BY THE AUTHOR IN THE SAME
+COMPETITION.]
+
+2. Always enter more than one model, there nearly always is an
+entrance fee; never mind the extra shilling or so. Go in to win.
+
+3. It is not necessary that these models should be replicas of one
+another. On some days a light fabric-covered model might stand the
+best chance; on another day, a swift flying wooden or metal aerofoil.
+
+Against the wind the latter have an immense advantage; also if the day
+be a "gusty" one.[51]
+
+4. Always make it a point of arriving early on the ground, so that you
+can make some trial flights beforehand. Every ground has its local
+peculiarities of air currents, etc.
+
+5. Always be ready in time, or you may be disqualified. If you are
+flying a twin-screw model use a special winder, so that both
+propellers are wound up at the same time, and take a competent friend
+with you as assistant.
+
+6. For all-round efficiency nothing but a good all-round model, which
+can be absolutely relied on to make a dozen (approximately) equivalent
+flights, is any good.
+
+7. In an open distance competition, unless you have a model which you
+can rely on to make a _minimum_ flight of 200 yards, do not enter
+unless you know for certain that none of the "crack" flyers will be
+present.
+
+8. Do not neglect the smallest detail likely to lead to success; be
+prepared with spare parts, extra rubber, one or two handy tools, wire,
+thread, etc. Before a lecture, that prince of experimentalists,
+Faraday, was always careful to see that the stoppers of all the
+bottles were loose, so that there should be no delay or mishap.
+
+9. If the rating of the model be by "weight" (1 oz., 2 oz., 4 oz.,
+etc.) and not area, use a model weighing from 10 oz. to a pound.
+
+10. If there is a greatest height prize, a helicopter model should win
+it.[52] (The writer has attained an altitude of between three and four
+hundred feet with such.) The altitude was arrived at by observation,
+not guesswork.
+
+11. It is most important that your model should be able to "land"
+without damage, and, as far as possible, on an even keel; do not omit
+some form of "skid" or "shock-absorber" with the idea of saving
+weight, more especially if your model be a biplane, or the number of
+flights may be restricted to the number "one."
+
+12. Since the best "gliding" angle and "flying" angle are not the
+same, being, say, 7° in the former case and 1°-3°, say, in the latter,
+an adjustable angle might in some cases be advantageous.
+
+13. Never turn up at a competition with a model only just finished and
+practically untested which you have flown only on the morning of the
+competition, using old rubber and winding to 500 turns; result, a
+flight of 250 yards, say. Arrived on the competition ground you put on
+new rubber and wind to 750 turns, and expect a flight of a quarter of
+a mile at least; result 70 yards, _measured in a straight line_ from
+the starting-point.
+
+14. Directional control is the most difficult problem to overcome with
+any degree of success under all adverse conditions, and 15 per cent.,
+in the writer's opinion, is far too low a percentage; by directional I
+include flying in a straight line; personally I would mark for
+all-round efficiency: (A) distance and stability, 50 per cent.; (B)
+directional control, 30 per cent.; (C) duration of flight, 20 per
+cent. In A the competitor would launch his model _in any direction_;
+in B as directed by the judges. No separate flights required for C.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[48] The better way, undoubtedly, is to allow the competitor to choose
+his direction, the starting "circle" only to be fixed.
+
+[49] Or 10 per cent. for duration of flight.
+
+[50] In another competition, held under the rules and regulations of
+the Kite and Model Aeroplane Association for the best all-round model,
+open to the world, for machines not under 2 sq. ft. of surface, the
+tests (50 marks for each) were:--A. Longest flight in a straight line.
+B. Circular flight to the right. C. Circular flight to the left. D.
+Stability and landing after a flight. E. Excellence in building of the
+model.
+
+[51] On the assumption that the model will fly straight.
+
+[52] If permitted to enter; if not see Fig. 53.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+USEFUL NOTES, TABLES, FORMULÆ, ETC.
+
+
+§ 1. COMPARATIVE VELOCITIES.
+
+ Miles per hr. Feet per sec. Metres per sec.
+ 10 = 14·7 = 4·470
+ 15 = 22 = 6·705
+ 20 = 29·4 = 8·940
+ 25 = 36·7 = 11·176
+ 30 = 44 = 13·411
+ 35 = 51·3 = 15·646
+
+§ 2. A metre = 39·37079 inches.
+
+ _In order to convert_:--
+ Metres into inches multiply by 39·37
+ " feet " 3·28
+ " yards " 1·09
+ " miles " 0·0006214
+ Miles per hour into ft. per min. multiply by 88·0
+ " min. " sec. " 88·0
+ " hr. into kilometres per hr. " 1·6093
+ " " metres per sec. " 0·44702
+ Pounds into grammes multiply by 453·593
+ " kilogrammes " 0·4536
+
+§ 8. Total surface of a cylinder = circumference of base × height + 2
+area of base.
+
+Area of a circle = square of diameter × 0·7854.
+
+Area of a circle = square of rad. × 3·14159.
+
+Area of an ellipse = product of axes × 0·7854.
+
+Circumference of a circle = diameter × 3·14159.
+
+Solidity of a cylinder = height × area of base.
+
+Area of a circular ring = sum of diameters × difference of diameters ×
+0·7854.
+
+For the area of a sector of a circle the rule is:--As 360 : number of
+degrees in the angle of the sector :: area of the sector : area of
+circle.
+
+To find the area of a segment less than a semicircle:--Find the area
+of the sector which has the same arc, and subtract the area of the
+triangle formed by the radii and the chord.
+
+The areas of corresponding figures are as the squares of corresponding
+lengths.
+
+ § 4. 1 mile = 1·609 kilometres.
+ 1 kilometre = 1093 yards.
+ 1 oz. = 28·35 grammes.
+ 1 lb. = 453·59 "
+ 1 lb. = 0·453 kilogrammes.
+ 28 lb. = 12·7 "
+ 112 lb. = 50·8 "
+ 2240 lb. = 1016 "
+ 1 kilogram = 2·2046 lb.
+ 1 gram = 0·0022 lb.
+ 1 sq. in. = 645 sq. millimetres.
+ 1 sq. ft. = 0·0929 sq. metres.
+ 1 sq. yard = 0·836 "
+ 1 sq. metre = 10·764 sq. ft.
+
+§ 5. One atmosphere = 14·7 lb. per sq. in. = 2116 lb. per sq. ft. =
+760 millimetres of mercury.
+
+A column of water 2·3 ft. high corresponds to a pressure of 1 lb. per
+sq. in.
+
+1 H.P. = 33,000 ft.-lb. per min. = 746 watts.
+
+Volts × amperes = watts.
+
+{pi} = 3·1416. _g_ = 32·182 ft. per sec. at London.
+
+§ 6. TABLE OF EQUIVALENT INCLINATIONS.
+
+ Rise. Angle in Degs.
+ 1 in 30 1·91
+ 1 " 25 2·29
+ 1 " 20 2·87
+ 1 " 18 3·18
+ 1 " 16 3·58
+ 1 " 14 4·09
+ 1 " 12 4·78
+ 1 " 10 5·73
+ 1 " 9 6·38
+ 1 " 8 7·18
+ 1 " 7 8·22
+ 1 " 6 9·6
+ 1 " 5 11·53
+ 1 " 4 14·48
+ 1 " 3 19·45
+ 1 " 2 30·00
+ 1 " {square root}2 45·00
+
+§ 7. TABLE OF SKIN FRICTION.
+
+Per sq. ft. for various speeds and surface lengths.
+
+ -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
+ Velocity of Wind | 1 ft. Plane | 2 ft. Plane | 4 ft. Plane | 8 ft. Plane
+ -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
+ 10 | ·00112 | ·00105 | ·00101 | ·000967
+ 15 | ·00237 | ·00226 | ·00215 | ·00205
+ 20 | ·00402 | ·00384 | ·00365 | ·00349
+ 25 | ·00606 | ·00579 | ·00551 | ·00527
+ 30 | ·00850 | ·00810 | ·00772 | ·00736
+ 35 | ·01130 | ·0108 | ·0103 | ·0098
+ -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
+
+This table is based on Dr. Zahm's experiments and the equation
+
+ _f_ = 0·00000778_l_^{-0·07}_v_^{1·85}
+
+Where _f_ = skin friction per sq. ft.; _l_ = length of surface; _v_ =
+velocity in feet per second.
+
+In a biplane model the head resistance is probably from twelve to
+fourteen times the skin friction; in a racing monoplane from six to
+eight times.
+
+§ 8. TABLE I.--(METALS).
+
+ --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
+ Material | Specific | Elasticity E[A] | Tenacity
+ | Gravity | | per sq. in.
+ --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
+ Magnesium | 1·74 | | {22,000-
+ | | | {32,000
+ Magnalium[B] | 2·4-2·57 | 10·2 |
+ Aluminium- } | | |
+ Copper[C]} | 2·82 | | 54,773
+ Aluminium | 2·6 | 11·1 | 26,535
+ Iron | 7·7 (about)| 29 | 54,000
+ Steel | 7·8 (about)| 32 | 100,000
+ Brass | 7·8-8·4 | 15 | 17,500
+ Copper | 8·8 | 36 | 33,000
+ Mild Steel | 7·8 | 30 | 60,000
+ | | |
+ --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
+ [A] E in millions of lb. per sq. in.
+ [B] Magnalium is an alloy of magnesium and aluminium.
+ [C] Aluminium 94 per cent., copper 6 per cent. (the best
+ percentage), a 6 per cent. alloy thereby doubles the
+ tenacity of pure aluminium with but 5 per cent.
+ increase of density.
+ --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
+
+§ 9. TABLE II.--WIND PRESSURES.
+
+ _p_ = _kv²_.
+
+_k_ coefficient (mean value taken) ·003 (miles per hour) = 0·0016 ft.
+per second. _p_ = pressure in lb. per sq. ft. _v_ = velocity of wind.
+
+ Miles per hr. Ft. per sec. Lb. per sq. ft.
+ 10 14·7 0·300
+ 12 17·6 0·432
+ 14 20·5 0·588
+ 16 23·5 0·768
+ 18 26·4 0·972
+ 20 29·35 1·200
+ 25 36·7 1·875
+ 30 43·9 2·700
+ 35 51·3 3·675
+
+§ 10. Representing normal pressure on a plane surface by 1; pressure
+on a rod (round section) is 0·6; on a symmetrical elliptic cross
+section (axes 2:1) is 0·2 (approx.). Similar shape, but axes 6:1, and
+edges sharpened (_see_ ch. ii., § 5), is only 0·05, or 1/20, and for
+the body of minimum resistance (_see_ ch. ii., § 4) about 1/24.
+
+§ 11. TABLE III.--LIFT AND DRIFT.
+
+On a well shaped aerocurve or correctly designed cambered surface.
+Aspect ratio 4·5.
+
+ Inclination. Ratio Lift to Drift.
+ 0° 19:1
+ 2·87° 15:1
+ 3·58° 16:1
+ 4·09° 14:1
+ 4·78° 12:1
+ 5·73° 9·6:1
+ 7·18° 7·9:1
+
+Wind velocity 40 miles per hour. (The above deduced from some
+experiments of Sir Hiram Maxim.)
+
+At a velocity of 30 miles an hour a good aerocurve should lift 21 oz.
+to 24 oz. per sq. ft.
+
+
+§ 12. TABLE IV.--LIFT AND DRIFT.
+
+On a plane aerofoil.
+
+ N = P(2 sin {alpha}/1 + sin² {alpha})
+
+ Inclination. Ratio Lift to Drift.
+ 1° 58·3:1
+ 2° 29·2:1
+ 3° 19·3:1
+ 4° 14·3:1
+ 5° 11·4:1
+ 6° 9·5:1
+ 7° 8·0:1
+ 8° 7·0:1
+ 9° 6·3:1
+ 10° 5·7:1
+
+ P = 2_kd_ AV² sin {alpha}.
+
+A useful formula for a single plane surface. P = pressure supporting
+the plane in pounds per square foot, _k_ a constant = 0·003 in miles
+per hour, _d_ = the density of the air.
+
+A = the area of the plane, V relative velocity of translation through
+the air, and {alpha} the angle of flight.
+
+Transposing we have
+
+ AV² = P/(2_kd_ sin {alpha})
+
+If P and {alpha} are constants; then AV² = a constant or area is
+inversely as velocity squared. Increase of velocity meaning diminished
+supporting surface (_and so far as supporting surface goes_), diminished
+resistance and skin friction. It must be remembered, however, that while
+the work of sustentation diminishes with the speed, the work of
+penetration varies as the cube of the speed.
+
+
+§ 13. TABLE V.--TIMBER.
+
+ Column Headings:
+
+ A. Material
+ B. Specific Gravity
+ C. Weight per Cub. Ft. in Lb.
+ D. Strength per Sq. In. in Lb.
+ E. Ultimate Breaking Load (Lb.) span 1' x 1" x 1"
+ F. Relative Resilience in Bending
+ G. Modulus of Elasticity in millions of Lb. per Sq. In. for Bending
+ H. Relative Value. Bending Strength compared with Weight
+
+ ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
+ A |B | C | D |E |F |G | H
+ ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
+ Ash | ·79 | 43-52 |14,000-17,000| 622 |4·69 |1·55 |13·0
+ Bamboo | | 25[A]| 6300[53] | |3·07 |3·20 |
+ Beech | ·69 | 43 |10,000-12,000| 850 | |1·65 |19·8
+ Birch | ·71 | 45 | 15,000 | 550 | |3·28 |12·2
+ Box |1·28 | 80 |20,000-23,000| 815 | | |10·2
+ Cork | ·24 | 15 | | | | |
+ Fir (Norway | | | | | | |
+ Spruce) | ·51 | 32 | 9,000-11,000| 450 |3·01 |1·70 |14·0
+ American | | | | | | |
+ Hickory | | 49 | 11,000 | 800 |3·47 |2·40 |16·3
+ Honduras | | | | | | |
+ Mahogany | ·56 | 35 | 20,000 | 750 |3·40 |1·60 |21·4
+ Maple | ·68 | 44 | 10,600 | 750 | | |17·0
+ American White | | | | | | |
+ Pine | ·42 | 25 | 11,800 | 450 |2·37 |1·39 |18·0
+ Lombardy Poplar| | 24 | 7,000 | 550 |2·89 | 0·77|22·9
+ American Yellow| | | | | | |
+ Poplar | | 44 | 10,000 | |3·63 |1·40 |
+ Satinwood | ·96 | 60 | |1,033 | | |17·2
+ Spruce | ·50 | 31 | 12,400 | 450 | | |14·5
+ Tubular Ash, | | | | | | |
+ _t_ = 1/8 _d_ | | 47 | | |3·50 |1·55 |
+ ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
+
+ _t_ = thickness: _d_ = diameter.
+
+ [A] Given elsewhere as 55 and 22,500 (_t_ = 1/3_d_), evidently
+ regarded as solid.
+
+§ 14.--=Formula connecting the Weight Lifted in Pounds per Square Foot
+and the Velocity.=--The empirical formula
+
+ W = (V²C)/_g_
+
+ Where W = weight lifted in lb. per sq. ft.
+ V = velocity in ft. per sec.
+ C = a constant = 0·025.
+ _g_ = 32·2, or 32 approx.
+
+may be used for a thoroughly efficient model. This gives
+(approximately)
+
+ 1 lb. per sq. ft. lift at 25 miles an hour.
+ 21 oz. " " 30 "
+ 6 oz. " " 15 "
+ 4 oz. " " 12 "
+ 2·7 oz. " " 10 "
+
+Remember the results work out in feet per second. To convert
+(approximately) into miles per hour multiply by 2/3.
+
+§ 15. =Formula connecting Models of Similar Design, but Different
+Weights.=
+
+ D {proportional to} {square root}W.
+
+or in models of _similar design_ the distances flown are proportional
+to the square roots of the weights. (Derived from data obtained from
+Clarke's flyers.)
+
+For models from 1 oz. to 24-30 oz. the formula appears to hold very
+well. For heavier models it appears to give the heavier model rather
+too great a distance.
+
+Since this was deduced a 1 oz. Clarke model of somewhat similar design
+but longer rubber motor has flown 750 ft. at least; it is true the
+design is not, strictly speaking, similar, but not too much reliance
+must be placed on the above. The record for a 1 oz. model to date is
+over 300 yards (with the wind, of course), say 750 ft. in calm air.
+
+§ 16. =Power and Speed.=--The following formula, given by Mr. L. Blin
+Desbleds, between these is--
+
+ W/W{0} = (3_v{0}_)/(4_v_) + ¼(_v_/_v{0}_)³.
+
+ Where _v{0}_ = speed of minimum power
+ W{0} = work done at speed _v{0}_.
+ W = work done at speed _v_.
+
+Making _v_ = 2_v{0}_, i.e. doubling the speed of minimum power, and
+substituting, we have finally
+
+ W = (2-3/8)W{0}
+
+i.e. the speed of an aeroplane can be doubled by using a power 2-3/8
+times as great as the original one. The "speed of minimum power" being
+the speed at which the aeroplane must travel for the minimum
+expenditure of power.
+
+§ 17. The thrust of the propeller has evidently to balance the
+
+ Aerodynamic resistance = R
+ The head resistance (including skin friction) = S
+
+Now according to Renard's theorem, the power absorbed by R + S is a
+minimum when
+
+ S = R/3.
+
+Having built a model, then, in which the total resistance
+
+ = (4/3)R.
+
+This is the thrust which the propeller should be designed to give. Now
+supposing the propeller's efficiency to be 80 per cent., then P--the
+minimum propulsion power
+
+ = (4/3)R × 100/80 × 100/75 × _v_.
+
+Where 25 per cent. is the slip of the screw, _v_ the velocity of the
+aeroplane.
+
+§ 18. =To determine experimentally the Static Thrust of a
+Propeller.=--Useful for models intended to raise themselves from the
+ground under their own power, and for helicopters.
+
+The easiest way to do this is as follows: Mount the propeller on the
+shaft of an electric motor, of sufficient power to give the propeller
+1000 to 1500 revolutions per minute; a suitable accumulator or other
+source of electric energy will be required, a speedometer or speed
+counter, also a voltmeter and ammeter.
+
+Place the motor in a pair of scales or on a suitable spring balance
+(the former is preferable), the axis of the motor vertical, with the
+propeller attached. Rotate the propeller so that the air current is
+driven _upwards_. When the correct speed (as indicated by the speed
+counter) has been attained, notice the difference in the readings if a
+spring balance be used, or, if a pair of scales, place weights in the
+scale pan until the downward thrust of the propeller is exactly
+balanced. This gives you the thrust in ounces or pounds.
+
+Note carefully the voltage and amperage, supposing it is 8 volts and
+10 amperes = 80 watts.
+
+Remove the propeller and note the volts and amperes consumed to run
+the motor alone, i.e. to excite itself, and overcome friction and air
+resistance; suppose this to be 8 volts and 2 amperes = 16; the
+increased load when the propeller is on is therefore
+
+ 80 - 16 = 64 watts.
+
+All this increased power is not, however, expended on the propeller.
+
+The lost power in the motor increases as C²R.
+
+R = resistance of armature and C = current. If we deduct 10 per cent.
+for this then the propeller is actually driven by 56 watts.
+
+Now 746 watts = 1 h.p.
+
+ {therefore} 56/746 = 1/13 h.p. approx.
+
+at the observed number of revolutions per minute.
+
+§ 19. N.B.--The h.p. required to drive a propeller varies as the cube
+of the revolutions.
+
+_Proof._--Double the speed of the screw, then it strikes the air twice
+as hard; it also strikes twice as much air, and the motor has to go
+twice as fast to do it.
+
+§ 20. To compare one model with another the formula
+
+ Weight × velocity (in ft. per sec.)/horse-power
+
+is sometimes useful.
+
+§ 21. =A Horse-power= is 33,000 lb. raised one foot in one minute, or
+550 lb. one foot in one second.
+
+A clockwork spring raised 1 lb. through 4½ ft. in 3 seconds. What
+is its h.p.?
+
+ 1 lb. through 4½ ft. in 3 seconds
+ is 1 lb. " 90 ft. " 1 minute.
+
+ {therefore} Work done is 90 ft.-lb.
+ = 90/33000 = 0·002727 h.p.
+
+The weight of the spring was 6¾ oz. (this is taken from an actual
+experiment), i.e. this motor develops power at the rate of 0·002727
+h.p. for 3½ seconds only.
+
+§ 22. =To Ascertain the H.P. of a Rubber Motor.= Supposing a propeller
+wound up to 250 turns to run down in 15 seconds, i.e. at a mean speed
+of 1200 revolutions per minute or 20 per second. Suppose the mean
+thrust to be 2 oz., and let the pitch of the propeller be 1 foot. Then
+the number of foot-pounds of energy developed
+
+ = (2 oz. × 1200 revols. × 1 ft. (pitch)) / 16 oz.
+
+= 150 ft.-lb. per minute.
+
+But the rubber motor runs down in 15 seconds.
+
+ {therefore} Energy really developed is
+
+ = (150 × 15) / 60 = 37·5 ft.-lb.
+
+The motor develops power at rate of 150/33000 = 0·004545 h.p., but for
+15 seconds only.
+
+§ 23. =Foot-pounds of Energy in a Given Weight of Rubber=
+(experimental determination of).
+
+ Length of rubber 36 yds.
+ Weight " 2-7/16 oz.
+ Number of turns = 200.
+
+ 12 oz. were raised 19 ft. in 5 seconds.
+ i.e. ¾ lb. was raised 19 × 12 ft. in 1 minute.
+ i.e. 1 lb. was raised 19 × 3 × 3 ft. in 1 minute.
+ = 171 ft. in 1 minute.
+
+i.e. 171 ft.-lb. of energy per minute. But actual time was 5 seconds.
+
+{therefore} Actual energy developed by 2-7/16 oz. of rubber of 36
+yards, i.e. 36 strands 1 yard each at 200 turns is
+
+ = 171/12 ft.-lb.
+
+ = 14¼ ft.-lb.
+
+This allows nothing for friction or turning the axle on which the cord
+was wound. Ball bearings were used; but the rubber was not new and
+twenty turns were still unwound at the end of the experiment. Now
+allowing for friction, etc. being the same as on an actual model, we
+can take ¾ of a ft.-lb. for the unwound amount and estimate the
+total energy as 15 ft.-lb. as a minimum. The energy actually developed
+being at the rate of 0·0055 h.p., or 1/200 of a h.p. if supposed
+uniform.
+
+§ 24. The actual energy derivable from 1 lb. weight of rubber is
+stated to be 300 ft.-lb. On this basis 2-7/16 oz. should be capable of
+giving 45·7 ft.-lb. of energy, i.e. three times the amount given
+above. Now the motor-rubber not lubricated was only given 200
+turns--lubricated 400 could have been given it, 600 probably before
+rupture--and the energy then derivable would certainly have been
+approximating to 45 ft.-lb., i.e. 36·25. Now on the basis of 300
+ft.-lb. per lb. a weight of ½ oz. (the amount of rubber carried in
+"one-ouncers") gives 9 ft.-lb. of energy. Now assuming the gliding
+angle (including weight of propellers) to be 1 in 8; a perfectly
+efficient model should be capable of flying eight times as great a
+distance in a horizontal direction as the energy in the rubber motor
+would lift it vertically. Now 9 ft.-lb. of energy will lift 1 oz. 154
+ft. Therefore theoretically it will drive it a distance (in yards) of
+
+ (8 × 154)/3 = 410·6 yards.
+
+Now the greatest distance that a 1 oz. model has flown in perfectly
+calm air (which never exists) is not known. Flying with the wind 500
+yards is claimed. Admitting this what allowance shall we make for the
+wind; supposing we deduct half this, viz. 250 yards. Then, on this
+assumption, the efficiency of this "one ouncer" works out (in
+perfectly still air) at 61 per cent.
+
+The gliding angle assumption of 1 in 8 is rather a high one, possibly
+too high; all the writer desires to show is the method of working out.
+
+Mr. T.W.K. Clarke informs me that in his one-ouncers the gliding
+angle is about 1 in 5.
+
+§ 25. =To Test Different Motors or Different Powers of the Same Kind
+of Motor.=--Test them on the same machine, and do not use different
+motors or different powers on different machines.
+
+§ 26. =Efficiency of a Model.=--The efficiency of a model depends on
+the weight carried per h.p.
+
+§ 27. =Efficiency of Design.=--The efficiency of some particular
+design depends on the amount of supporting surface necessary at a
+given speed.
+
+§ 28. =Naphtha Engines=, that is, engines made on the principle of the
+steam engine, but which use a light spirit of petrol or similar agent
+in their generator instead of water with the same amount of heat, will
+develop twice as much energy as in the case of the ordinary steam
+engine.
+
+§ 29.=Petrol Motors.=
+
+ Horse-power. No. of Cylinders. Weight.
+ ¼ Single 4½ lb.
+ ½ to ¾ " 6½ "
+ 1½ Double 9 "
+
+§ 30. =The Horse-power of Model Petrol Motors.=--Formula for rating of
+the above.
+
+ (R.P.M. = revolutions per minute.)
+
+ H.P. = ((Bore)² × stroke × no. of cylinders × R.P.M.)/12,000
+
+If the right-hand side of the equation gives a less h.p. than that
+stated for some particular motor, then it follows that the h.p. of the
+motor has been over-estimated.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 56.]
+
+§ 30A. =Relation between Static Thrust of Propeller and Total Weight
+of Model.=--The thrust should be approx. = ¼ of the weight.
+
+§ 31. =How to find the Height of an Inaccessible Object by Means of
+Three Observations taken on the Ground (supposed flat) in the same
+Straight Line.=--Let A, C, B be the angular elevations of the object
+D, as seen from these points, taken in the same straight line. Let the
+distances B C, C A and A B be _a_, _b_, _c_ respectively. And let
+required height P D = _h_; then by trigonometry we have (see Fig. 56)
+
+ _h²_ = _abc_/(_a_ cot²A - _c_ cot²C + _b_ cot²B).
+
+§ 32. =Formula= for calculating the I.H.P. (indicated horse-power) of
+a single-cylinder double-acting steam-engine.
+
+Indicated h.p. means the h.p. actually exerted by the steam in the
+cylinder without taking into account engine friction. Brake h.p. or
+effective h.p. is the actual h.p. delivered by the crank shaft of the
+engine.
+
+ I.H.P. = (2 × S × R × A × P)/33,000.
+
+ Where S = stroke in feet.
+ R = revolutions per minute.
+ A = area of piston in inches.
+ P = mean pressure in lb. exerted per sq. in. on the piston.
+
+The only difficulty is the mean effective pressure; this can be found
+approximately by the following rule and accompanying table.
+
+
+TABLE VI.
+
+ ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
+ Cut-off | Constant | Cut-off | Constant | Cut-off | Constant
+ ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
+ 1/6 | ·566 | 3/8 | ·771 | 2/3 | ·917
+ 1/5 | ·603 | ·4 | ·789 | ·7 | ·926
+ 1/4 | ·659 | 1/2 | ·847 | 3/4 | ·937
+ ·3 | ·708 | ·6 | ·895 | ·8 | ·944
+ 1/3 | ·743 | 5/8 | ·904 | 7/8 | ·951
+ ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
+
+Rule.--"Add 14·7 to gauge pressure of boiler, this giving 'absolute
+steam pressure,' multiply this sum by the number opposite the fraction
+representing the point of cut-off in the cylinder in accompanying
+table. Subtract 17 from the product and multiply the remainder by 0·9.
+The result will be very nearly the M.E.P." (R.M. de Vignier.)
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[53] Given elsewhere as 55 and 22,500 (_t_ = 1/3 _d_), evidently
+regarded as solid.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX A.
+
+SOME MODELS WHICH HAVE WON MEDALS AT OPEN COMPETITIONS.
+
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 57.--THE G.P.B. SMITH MODEL.]
+
+The model shown in Fig. 57 has won more competition medals than any
+other. It is a thoroughly well designed[54] and well constructed
+model. Originally a very slow flyer, the design has been simplified,
+and although by no means a fast flyer, its speed has been much
+accelerated. Originally a one-propeller machine, it has latterly been
+fitted with twin propellers, with the idea of obtaining more
+directional control; but in the writer's opinion, speaking from
+personal observation, with but little, if any, success. The steering
+of the model is effected by canting the elevator. Originally the
+machine had ailerons for the purpose, but these were removed owing, I
+understand, to their retarding the speed of the machine.
+
+In every competition in which this machine has been entered it has
+always gained very high marks for stability.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 58.--THE GORDON-JONES DIHEDRAL BIPLANE.]
+
+Up to the time of writing it has not been provided with anything in
+the nature of fins or rudder.
+
+Fig. 58 is a biplane very much after the type of the model just
+alluded to, but the one straight and one curved aerofoil surfaces are
+here replaced by two parallel aerofoils set on a dihedral angle. The
+large size of the propeller should be noted; with this the writer is
+in complete agreement. He has not unfortunately seen this model in
+actual flight.
+
+The scientifically designed and beautifully made models illustrated in
+Fig. 59 are so well known that any remarks on them appear
+superfluous. Their efficiency, so far as their supporting area goes,
+is of the highest, as much as 21 oz. per square foot having been
+carried.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 59.--MESSRS. T.W.K. CLARKE AND CO.'S MODEL
+FLYERS.]
+
+For illustrations, etc., of the Fleming-Williams model, _see_ ch. v.,
+§ 23.
+
+(Fig. 60.) This is another well-constructed and efficient model, the
+shape and character of the aerofoil surfaces much resembling those of
+the French toy monoplane AL-MA (see § 4, ch. vii.), but they are
+supported and held in position by quite a different method, a neat
+little device enabling the front plane to become partly detached on
+collision with any obstacle. The model is provided with a keel (below
+the centre of gravity), and rudder for steering; in fact, this machine
+especially claims certainty of directional control. The writer has
+seen a number of flights by this model, but it experiences, like other
+models, the greatest difficulty in keeping straight if the conditions
+be adverse.
+
+The model which will do this is, in his opinion, yet to be evolved.
+The small size of the propellers is, of course, in total disagreement
+with the author's ideas. All the same, the model is in many respects
+an excellent one, and has flown over 300 yards at the time of writing.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 60.--THE DING SAYERS MONOPLANE.]
+
+More than a year ago the author made a number of models with
+triangular-shaped aerofoils, using umbrella ribs for the leading edge
+and steel piano wire for the trailing, but has latterly used aerofoils
+of the elongated ellipse shape.
+
+Fig. 61 is an illustration of one of the author's latest models which
+won a Bronze Medal at the Long Distance Open Competition, held at the
+Crystal Palace on July 27, 1910, the largest and most keenly contested
+competition held up to that date.
+
+The best and straightest flight against the wind was made by this
+model.
+
+On the morning of the competition a flight of about 320 yards
+(measured in a straight line) was made on Mitcham Common, the model
+being launched against the wind so as to gain altitude, and then
+flying away with the breeze behind the writer. Duration of flight 50
+seconds. The following are the chief particulars of the
+model:--Weight, 7½ oz. Area of supporting surface, 1-1/3 sq. ft.
+Total length, 4 ft. Span of main aerofoil, 25 in. Aspect ratio, 4 : 1.
+Diameter of propeller, 14 in. Two strand geared rubber motor, carrying
+altogether 28 strands of 1/16 square rubber cord 43 in. long. The
+propeller was originally a Venna, but with the weight reduced by
+one-third, and considerable alteration made in its central contours.
+The front skid of steel pianoforte wire, the rear of jointless cane
+wire tipped; the rear skid was a necessity in order to protect the
+delicate gearing mechanism, the weight of which was reduced to a
+minimum.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 61.--THE AUTHOR'S "GRASSHOPPER" MODEL.]
+
+The very large diameter of the propeller should be noted, being 56
+per cent. of the span. The fin, high above the centre of gravity, was
+so placed for transverse stability and direction. At the rear of the
+fin was a rudder. The small amount of rubber carried (for a long
+distance machine) should also be noted, especially when allowing for
+friction in gearing, etc.
+
+The central rod was a penny bamboo cane, the large aerofoil of
+jointless cane and Hart's fabric, and the front aerofoil of steel wire
+surfaced with the same material.
+
+
+LONDON: PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, GREAT WINDMILL
+STREET, W., AND DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[54] The design is patented.
+
+
+
+
+ _October, 1910_
+
+A SHORT LIST OF
+
+SCIENTIFIC BOOKS
+
+PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY
+
+E. & F.N. SPON, Limited,
+
+57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
+
+SOLE ENGLISH AGENTS for the Books of--
+
+ MYRON C. CLARK, NEW YORK
+ THE BUSINESS CODE COMPANY, CHICAGO
+ SPON & CHAMBERLAIN, NEW YORK
+
+
+ PAGE
+ AERONAUTICS 2
+ AGRICULTURE 2
+ ARCHITECTURE 3
+ ARTILLERY 5
+ BRIDGES AND ROOFS 5
+ BUILDING 3
+ CEMENT AND CONCRETE 7
+ CIVIL ENGINEERING 8
+ DICTIONARIES 11
+ DOMESTIC ECONOMY 12
+ DRAWING 13
+ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 14
+ FOREIGN EXCHANGE 19
+ GAS AND OIL ENGINES 20
+ GAS LIGHTING 20
+ HISTORICAL; BIOGRAPHICAL 21
+ HOROLOGY 22
+ HYDRAULICS 22
+ INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 24
+ IRRIGATION 27
+ LOGARITHM TABLES 28
+ MANUFACTURES 24
+ MARINE ENGINEERING 28
+ MATERIALS 30
+ MATHEMATICS 31
+ MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 33
+ METALLURGY 36
+ METRIC TABLES 38
+ MINERALOGY AND MINING 38
+ MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING 45
+ NAVAL ARCHITECTURE 28
+ ORGANISATION 40
+ PHYSICS 41
+ PRICE BOOKS 42
+ RAILWAY ENGINEERING 43
+ SANITATION 45
+ STRUCTURAL DESIGN 45
+ TELEGRAPH CODES 47
+ WARMING; VENTILATION 47
+ WATER SUPPLY 48
+ WORKSHOP PRACTICE 49
+ USEFUL TABLES 52
+ MISCELLANEOUS 53
+
+
+ _Full particulars post free on application.
+ All books are bound in cloth unless otherwise stated._
+
+ _NOTE: The Prices in this Catalogue apply to books sold in
+ the United Kingdom only._
+
+
+ AERONAUTICS
+
+ =The Atmosphere=: its characteristics and dynamics. By F.J.B.
+ CORDEIRO. With 35 illus. 129 pp. medium 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Theory and Practice of Model Aeroplaning.= By V.E. JOHNSON. 61
+ illus. 150 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =How to Build a 20-ft. Biplane Glider.= By A.P. MORGAN. 31
+ illus. 60 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 14.) (_New
+ York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Flight-Velocity.= By A. SAMUELSON. 4 plates, 42 pp. 8vo,
+ sewed. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Resistance of Air and the Question of Flying.= By A.
+ SAMUELSON. 23 illus. 36 pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+
+ AGRICULTURE.
+
+ =Hemp.= A Practical Treatise on the Culture for Seed and Fibre.
+ By S.S. BOYCE. 13 illus. 112 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =The Fertilisation of Tea.= By G.A. COWIE. With 17 illus. 68
+ pp. crown 8vo, sewed. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Farm Drainage.= By H.F. FRENCH. 100 illus. 284 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Talks on Manures.= By J. HARRIS. New edition, 366 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1893_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Coffee=, its Culture and Commerce in all Countries. By C.G.W.
+ LOCK. 11 plates, 274 pp. crown 8vo. (_1888_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Sugar, a Handbook for Planters and Refiners.= By the late J.A.
+ R. NEWLANDS and B.E.R. NEWLANDS. 236 illus. 876 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_London, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 5 0
+
+ =Hops=, their Cultivation, Commerce and Uses. By P.L. SIMMONDS.
+ 143 pp. crown 8vo. (_1877_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =The Future of Cocoa-Planting=. By H. HAMEL SMITH. With
+ illustrations, 95 pp. crown 8vo, sewed. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Estate Fences=, their Choice, Construction and Cost. By A.
+ VERNON. Re-issue, 150 illus. 420 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+
+ ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING.
+
+ =The Hydropathic Establishment and its Baths.= By R.O. ALLSOP.
+ 8 plates, 107 pp. demy 8vo. (_1891_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =The Turkish Bath=, its Design and Construction. By R.O.
+ ALLSOP. 27 illus. 152 pp. demy 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Public Abattoirs=, their Planning, Design and Equipment. By
+ R.S. AYLING. 33 plates, 100 pp. demy 4to. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =The Builder's Clerk.= By T. BALES. Second edition, 92 pp.
+ fcap. 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ 1 6
+
+ =Glossary of Technical Terms= used in Architecture and the
+ Building Trades. By G.J. BURNS. 136 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Chimney Design and Theory.= By W.W. CHRISTIE. Second edition,
+ 54 illus. 200 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Approximate Estimates.= By T.E. COLEMAN. Third edition, 481
+ pp. oblong 32mo, leather. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Stable Sanitation and Construction.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 183
+ illus. 226 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =Architectural Examples= in Brick, Stone, Wood and Iron. By W.
+ FULLERTON. Third edition, 245 plates, 254 pp. demy 4to.
+ (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 15 0
+
+ =Bricklaying System.= By F.B. GILBRETH. Fully illustrated, 321
+ pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Field System.= By F.B. GILBRETH. 194 pp. 12mo leather. (_New
+ York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =The Building Trades Pocket Book.= Compiled by R. HALL. 12mo.
+ With interchangeable diary
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ Ditto ditto, in leather
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =The Clerk of Works' Vade Mecum.= By G.G. HOSKINS. Seventh
+ edition, 52 pp. fcap. 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ 1 6
+
+ =A Handbook of Formulæ, Tables, and Memoranda=, for
+ Architectural Surveyors and others engaged in Building. By J.T.
+ HURST. Fifteenth edition, 512 pp. royal 32mo, roan. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Quantity Surveying=, for the Use of Surveyors, Architects,
+ Engineers and Builders. By J. LEANING. Fifth edition, 936 pp.
+ demy 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 1 5 0
+
+ =Obstruction to Light.= A Graphic Method of determining
+ Problems of Ancient Lights. By H.B. MOLESWORTH. 9 folding
+ plates, 4to. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =Suburban Houses.= A series of practical plans. By J.H.
+ PEARSON. 46 plates and 12 pp. text, crown 4to. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Solid Bitumens=, their Physical and Chemical Properties and
+ Chemical Analysis. By S.F. PECKHAM. 23 illus. 324 pp. 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Roman Architecture, Sculpture and Ornament.= By G.B. PIRANESI.
+ 200 plates, reproduced in facsimile from the original. 2 vols.
+ Imperial folio, in wrappers. (_1900_)
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =The Seven Periods of English Architecture=, defined and
+ illustrated. By E. SHARPE. Third edition, 20 steel plates,
+ royal 8vo. (_1888_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Our Factories, Workshops and Warehouses=, their Sanitary and
+ Fire-Resisting Arrangements. By B.H. THWAITE. 183 illus. 282
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_1882_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Elementary Principles of Carpentry.= By T. TREDGOLD and J.T.
+ HURST. Eleventh edition, 48 plates, 517 pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Practical Stair Building and Handrailing.= By W.H. WOOD. 32
+ plates, 91 pp. crown 4to. (_1894_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Spons' Architects' and Builders' Pocket Price-Book=,
+ Memoranda, Tables and Prices. Edited by CLYDE YOUNG. Revised by
+ STANFORD M. BROOKS. Illustrated, 552 pp. 16mo, leather cloth
+ (size 6½ in. by 3¾ in. by ½ in. thick). Issued annually
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Heating Engineers' Quantities.= By W.L. WHITE and G.M. WHITE.
+ 4 plates, 33 pp. folio. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+
+ ARTILLERY.
+
+ =Guns and Gun Making Material.= By G. EDE. Crown 8vo. (_1889_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Treatise on Application of Wire to Construction of Ordnance.=
+ By J.A. LONGRIDGE. 180 pp. 8vo. (_1884_)
+
+ 1 5 0
+
+ =The Progress of Artillery: Naval Guns.= By J.A. LONGRIDGE.
+ 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =The Field Gun of the Future.= By J.A. LONGRIDGE. 8vo, sewed.
+ (_1892_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+
+ BRIDGES, ARCHES, ROOFS, AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN.
+
+ =Strains in Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. Fourth edition, 8 plates, 65
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =The Practical Designing of Structural Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. 13
+ plates, 194 pp. 8vo. (_1894_)
+
+ 8 6
+
+ =Designing Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. Second series. 8vo, sewed.
+
+ Part I. A Steel Box Girder. (_1894_)
+
+ _net_ 0 9
+
+ " II. Built-up Steel Stanchions. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 1 3
+
+ " III. Cisterns and Tanks. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ " IV. A Fireproof Floor. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =A Practical Treatise on Segmental and Elliptical Oblique or Skew
+ Arches.= By G.J. BELL. Second edition, 17 plates, 125 pp. royal 8vo.
+ (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Economics of Construction in relation to Framed Structures.= By R.H.
+ Bow. Third thousand, 16 plates, 88 pp. 8vo. (1873)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Theory of Voussoir Arches.= By Prof. W. CAIN. Third edition, 201 pp.
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =New Formulæ for the Loads and Deflections= of Solid Beams and
+ Girders. By W. DONALDSON. Second edition, 8vo. (_1872_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =Plate Girder Railway Bridges.= By M. FITZMAURICE. 4 plates, 104 pp.
+ 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Pocket Book of Calculations in Stresses.= By E.M. GEORGE. 66 illus.
+ 140 pp. royal 32mo, half roan. (_1895_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Strains on Braced Iron Arches= and Arched Iron Bridges. By A.S.
+ HEAFORD. 39 pp. 8vo. (_1883_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Tables for Roof Framing.= By G.D. INSKIP. Second edition, 451 pp.
+ 8vo, leather. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Stresses in Girder and Roof Frames,= for both dead and live loads,
+ by simple Multiplication, etc. By F.R. JOHNSON. 28 plates, 215 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1894_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =A Graphical Method for Swing Bridges.= By B.F. LA RUE. 4 plates, 104
+ pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1892_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Notes on Cylinder Bridge Piers= and the Well System of Foundations.
+ By J. NEWMAN. 144 pp. 8vo. (_1893_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =A New Method of Graphic Statics= applied in the Construction of
+ Wrought Iron Girders. By E. OLANDER. 16 plates, small folio. (_1887_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Reference Book for Statical Calculations.= By F. RUFF. With diagrams,
+ 140 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Strength and Proportion of Riveted Joints.= By B.B. STONEY. 87
+ pp. 8vo. (_1885_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =The Anatomy of Bridgework.= By W.H. THORPE. 103 illus. 190 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+
+ CEMENT AND CONCRETE.
+
+ =Portland Cement:= its Manufacture, Testing and Use. By D.B. BUTLER.
+ Second edition, 97 illus. 396 pp. demy 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 16 0
+
+ =Theory of Steel-Concrete Arches= and of Vaulted Structures. By W.
+ CAIN. Fourth edition, 27 illus. 212 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York,
+ 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Cement Users' and Buyers' Guide.= By CALCARE. 115 pp. 32mo, cloth.
+ (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Diagrams for Designing Reinforced Concrete Structures.= By G.F.
+ DODGE. 31 illus. 104 pp. oblong folio. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 17 0
+
+ =Cements, Mortars, and Concretes;= their Physical properties. By M.S.
+ FALK. 78 illus. 176 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Concrete Construction, Methods and Cost.= By H.P. GILLETTE and C.S.
+ HILL. 310 illus. 690 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Engineers' Pocket-Book of Reinforced Concrete.= By E.L. HEIDENREICH.
+ 164 illus. 364 pp. crown 8vo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Concrete Inspection.= By C.S. HILL. Illustrated, 179 pp. 12mo. (_New
+ York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Reinforced Concrete.= By E. MCCULLOCH. 28 illus. 128 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Concrete and Reinforced Concrete.= By H.A. REID. 715 illus. 884 pp.
+ royal 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 21 0
+
+ =Theory and Design of Reinforced Concrete Arches.= By A. REUTERDAHL.
+ 41 illus. 126 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Practical Cement Testing.= By W.P. TAYLOR. With 142 illus. 329 pp.
+ demy 8vo. (New York, 1906)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Concrete Bridges and Culverts.= By H.G. TYRRELL. 66 illus. 251 pp.
+ crown 8vo, leather
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+
+ CIVIL ENGINEERING.
+
+ CANALS, SURVEYING.
+
+ (_See also_ IRRIGATION _and_ WATER SUPPLY.)
+
+ =Practical Hints to Young Engineers Employed on Indian Railways.= By
+ A.W.C. ADDIS. With 14 illus. 154 pp. 12mo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Levelling,= Barometric, Trigonometric and Spirit. By I.O. BAKER.
+ Second edition, 15 illus. 145 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_) ..
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Notes on Instruments= best suited for Engineering Field Work in India
+ and the Colonies. By W.G. BLIGH. 65 illus. 218 pp. 8vo. (_1899_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =The Sextant and other Reflecting Mathematical Instruments.= By
+ F.R. BRAINARD. 33 illus. 120 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1891_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Practical Designing of Retaining Walls.= By Prof. W. CAIN. Fifth
+ edition, 14 illus. 172 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =The Maintenance of Macadamised Roads.= By T. CODRINGTON. Second
+ edition, 186 pp. 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Retaining Walls in Theory and Practice.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 104 illus.
+ 160 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Barometrical Determination of Heights.= By F.J.B. CORDEIRO.
+ Crown 8vo, limp leather. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =On Curved Masonry Dams.= By W.B. COVENTRY. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =A Practical Method of Determining the Profile of a Masonry Dam.= By
+ W.B. COVENTRY. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =The Stresses on Masonry Dams= (oblique sections). By W.B. COVENTRY.
+ 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Tables for facilitating the Calculation of Earthworks.= By D.
+ CUNNINGHAM. 120 pp. royal 8vo
+ 10 6
+
+ =Handbook of Cost Data for Contractors and Engineers.= By H.P.
+ GILLETTE. 1854 pp. crown 8vo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Rock Excavation, Methods and Cost.= By H.P. GILLETTE. 56 illus. 376
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =High Masonry Dams.= By E.S. GOULD. With illus. 88 pp. 18mo, boards.
+ (_New York, 1897_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Grace's Tables for Curves,= with hints to young engineers. 8 figures,
+ 43 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Grace's Earthwork Tables.= 36 double-page tables, 4to. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Railway Tunnelling= in Heavy Ground. By C. GRIPPER. 3 plates, 66 pp.
+ royal 8vo. (_1879_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Levelling and its General Application.= By T. HOLLOWAY. Second
+ edition, 53 illus. 147 pp. 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Waterways and Water Transport= in different Countries. By J.S. JEANS.
+ 55 illus. 520 pp. 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ _net_ 9 0
+
+ =Table of Barometrical Heights to 20,000 Feet.= By W.H. MACKESY, with
+ some practical suggestions by Sir Guildford Molesworth. 1 plate, 24
+ pp. royal 32mo. (_1882_)
+
+ 3 0
+
+ =Aid Book to Engineering Enterprise.= By E. MATHESON. Third edition,
+ illustrated, 916 pp. medium 8vo, buckram. (_1898_)
+
+ 1 4 0
+
+ =A Treatise on Surveying.= By R.E. MIDDLETON and O. CHADWICK. Second
+ edition, royal 8vo.
+
+ Part I. 11 plates, 296 pp. (_1904_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ " II. Fully illustrated, 334 pp. (_1906_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =A Pocket Book of Useful Formulæ and Memoranda,= for Civil and
+ Mechanical Engineers. By Sir G.L. MOLESWORTH and H.B. MOLESWORTH. With
+ an Electrical Supplement by W.H. MOLESWORTH. Twenty-sixth edition, 760
+ illus. 901 pp. royal 32mo, French morocco, gilt edges. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Pocket Books of Sir G.L. Molesworth and J.T. Hurst,= printed on
+ India paper and bound in one vol. Royal 32mo, russia, gilt edges.
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Metallic Structures: Corrosion and Fouling and their Prevention.= By
+ J. NEWMAN. Illustrated, 385 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Scamping Tricks and Odd Knowledge= occasionally practised upon Public
+ Works. By J. NEWMAN. New impression, 129 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Earthwork Slips and Subsidences= on Public Works. By J. NEWMAN.
+ 240 pp. crown 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Co-ordinate Geometry= as applied to Land Surveying. By W. PILKINGTON.
+ 5 illus. 44 pp. 12mo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Diagrams for the Graphic Calculation of Earthwork Quantities.= By
+ A.H. ROBERTS. Ten cards, fcap. in cloth case
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Pioneering.= By F. SHELFORD, illustrated. 88 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Topographical Surveying.= By G.J. SPECHT. Second edition, 2 plates
+ and 28 illus. 210 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Spons' Dictionary of Engineering,= Civil, Mechanical, Military and
+ Naval. 10,000 illus. 4300 pp. super royal 8vo. (_1874, Supplement
+ issued in 1881_). Complete with Supplement, in 11 divisions
+
+ _net_ 3 10 0
+
+ Ditto ditto in 4 vols.
+
+ _net_ 3 3 0
+
+ =Surveying and Levelling Instruments.= By W.F. STANLEY. Third edition,
+ 372 illus. 562 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Surveyor's Handbook.= By T.U. TAYLOR. 116 illus. 310 pp. crown 8vo,
+ leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Logarithmic Land Measurement.= By J. WALLACE. 32 pp. royal 8vo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Hints on Levelling Operations.= By W.H. WELLS. Second edition, 8vo,
+ sewed. (_1890_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =The Drainage of Fens and Low Lands= by Gravitation and Steam Power.
+ By W.H. WHEELER. 8 plates, 175 pp. 8vo. (_1888_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Stadia Surveying,= the theory of Stadia Measurements. By A. WINSLOW.
+ Fifth edition, 148 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Handbook on Tacheometrical Surveying.= By C. XYDIS. 55 illus. 3
+ plates, 63 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+
+ DICTIONARIES.
+
+ =Technological Dictionary in the English, Spanish, German and French
+ Languages.= By D. CARLOS HUELIN Y ARSSU. Crown 8vo.
+
+ Vol. I. ENGLISH-SPANISH-GERMAN-FRENCH.
+ 609 pp. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ Vol. II. GERMAN-ENGLISH-FRENCH-SPANISH.
+ 720 pp. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ Vol. III. FRENCH-GERMAN-SPANISH-ENGLISH.
+ In preparation.
+
+ Vol. IV. SPANISH-FRENCH-ENGLISH-GERMAN.
+ 750 pp. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =English-French and French-English Dictionary of the Motor-Car, Cycle
+ and Boat.= By F. LUCAS. 171 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Spanish-English Dictionary of Mining Terms.= By F. LUCAS. 78 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =English-Russian and Russian-English Engineering Dictionary.= By L.
+ MEYCLIAR. 100 pp. 16mo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Reed's Polyglot Guide to the Marine Engine,= in English, French,
+ German and Norsk. Second edition, oblong 8vo. (_1900_).
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+
+ DOMESTIC ECONOMY.
+
+ =Food Adulteration and its Detection.= By J.P. BATTERSHALL. 12 plates,
+ 328 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1887_)
+
+ 15 0
+
+ =How to Check Electricity Bills.= By S.W. BORDEN. 41 illus. 54 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Practical Hints on Taking a House.= By H.P. BOULNOIS. 71 pp. 18mo.
+ (_1885_)
+
+ 1 6
+
+ =The Cooking Range,= its Failings and Remedies. By F. DYE. 52 pp.
+ fcap. 8vo, sewed. (_1888_)
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =The Kitchen Boiler and Water Pipes.= By H. GRIMSHAW. 8vo, sewed.
+ (_1887_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Cookery and Domestic Management,= including economic and middle class
+ Practical Cookery. By K. MELLISH. 56 coloured plates and 441 illus.
+ 987 pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 16 0
+
+ =Spons' Household Manual.= 250 illus. 1043 pp. demy 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ Ditto ditto half-bound French morocco
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Handbook of Sanitary Information= for Householders. By R.S. TRACY. 33
+ illus. 114 pp. 18mo. (_New York, 1900_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+
+ DRAWING.
+
+ =The Ornamental Penman's,= Engraver's and Sign Writer's Pocket Book of
+ Alphabets. By B. ALEXANDER. Oblong 12mo, sewed
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =The Draughtsman's Handbook= of Plan and Map Drawing. By G.G. ANDRE.
+ 87 illus. and 34 plain and coloured plates, 162 pp. crown 4to.
+ (_1891_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Slide Valve Diagrams:= a French Method for their Construction. By L.
+ BANKSON. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1892_) . . .
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =A System of Easy Lettering.= By J.H. CROMWELL. With Supplement by G.
+ MARTIN. Sixth thousand, oblong 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Plane Geometrical Drawing.= BY R.C. FAWDRY. Illustrated, 185 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Twelve Plates on Projection Drawing.= By O. GUETH. Oblong 4to. (_New
+ York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Hints on Architectural Draughtsmanship.= By G.W.T. HALLATT. Fourth
+ edition, 80 pp. 18mo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =A First Course of Mechanical Drawing= (Tracing). By G. HALLIDAY.
+ Oblong 4to, sewed
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Drawings for Medium-sized Repetition Work.= By R.D. SPINNEY. With 47
+ illus. 130 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Mathematical Drawing Instruments.= By W.F. STANLEY. Seventh edition,
+ 265 illus. 370 pp. crown 8vo. (_1900_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+
+ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
+
+ =Practical Electric Bell Fitting.= By F.C. ALLSOP. Tenth edition, 186
+ illus. including 8 folding plates, 185 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Telephones:= their Construction and Fitting. By F.C. ALLSOP. Eighth
+ edition, 184 illus. 222 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Thermo-electric Reactions= and Currents between Metals in Fused
+ Salts. By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =Auto-Transformer Design.= By A.H. AVERY. 25 illus. 60 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Principles of Electric Power= (Continuous Current) for Mechanical
+ Engineers. By A.H. BATE. 63 illus. 204 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
+ (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Practical Construction of Electric Tramways.= By WILLIAM R. BOWKER.
+ 93 illus. 119 pp. 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =Design and Construction of Induction Coils.= By A.F. COLLINS. 155
+ illus. 272 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Switchboard Measuring Instruments= for Continuous and Polyphase
+ Currents. By J.C. CONNAN. 117 illus. 150 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Electric Cables, their Construction and Cost.= By D. COYLE and F.J.
+ O. HOWE. With many diagrams and 216 tables, 467 pp. crown 8vo,
+ leather. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 15 0
+
+ =Management of Electrical Machinery.= By F.B. CROCKER and S.S.
+ WHEELER. Eighth edition, 131 illus. 223 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York,
+ 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electric Lighting:= A Practical Exposition of the Art. By F.B.
+ CROCKER. Royal 8vo. (_New York._)
+
+ Vol. I. =The Generating Plant.= Sixth edition, 213 illus. 470
+ pp. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ Vol. II. =Distributing Systems and Lamps.= Second edition, 391
+ illus. 505 pp. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =The Care and Management of Ignition Accumulators.= By H.H.U. CROSS.
+ 12 illus. 74 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 19.) (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Elementary Telegraphy and Telephony.= By ARTHUR CROTCH. 238 illus.
+ 223 pp. 8vo. (_1903._) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electricity and Magnetism in Telephone Maintenance.= By G.W.
+ CUMMINGS. 45 illus. 137 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_) . ..
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Grouping of Electric Cells.= By W.F. DUNTON. 4 illus. 50 pp. fcap.
+ 8vo. (1906)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ MAGNETS AND ELECTRIC CURRENTS. By Prof. J.A. FLEMING. Second edition,
+ 136 illus. 417 pp. crown 8vo (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Notes on Design of Small Dynamo.= By GEORGE HALLIDAY. Second edition,
+ 8 plates, 8vo. (_1895_) 2 6 =Practical Alternating Currents and Power
+ Transmission.= By N. HARRISON. 172 illus. 375 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Making Wireless Outfits.= By N. HARRISON. 27 illus. 61 pp. crown 8vo,
+ limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 11.) (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Wireless Telephone Construction.= By N. HARRISON. 43 illus. 73 pp.
+ crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. Series, No. 12.) (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =The Phoenix Fire Office Rules= for Electric Light and Electrical
+ Power Installations. By M. HEAPHY. Thirty-seventh edition, 8vo, sewed.
+ (_1908_)
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =Testing Telegraph Cables.= By Colonel V. HOSKIOER. Third edition,
+ crown 8vo. (_1889_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =Long Distance Electric Power Transmission.= By R.W. HUTCHINSON. 136
+ illus. 345 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Theory and Practice of Electric Wiring.= By W.S. IBBETSON. 119 illus.
+ 366 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Practical Electrical Engineering for Elementary Students.= By W.S.
+ IBBETSON. With 61 illus. 155 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =General Rules recommended for Wiring= for the Supply of Electrical
+ Energy. Issued by THE INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS. 8vo, sewed.
+ (_Revised, April 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 0 6
+
+ =Form of Model General Conditions= recommended by THE INSTITUTION OF
+ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS for use in connection with Electrical Contracts.
+ 8vo, sewed. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =A Handbook of Electrical Testing.= By H.R. KEMPE. Seventh edition,
+ 285 illus. 706 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+ =Application of Electricity to Railway Working.= By W.E. LANGDON.
+ 142 illus. and 5 plates, 347 pp. 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =How to Become a Competent Motorman.= By V.B. LIVERMORE and J.
+ WILLIAMS. 45 illus. 252 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electromagnets,= their design and construction. By A.N. MANSFIELD. 36
+ illus. 155 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Telephone Construction, Methods and Cost.= By C. MAYER. With
+ Appendices on the cost of materials and labour by J.C. SLIPPY. 103
+ illus. 284 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Induction Coils.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. Second edition, 79 illus. 285
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electric Gas Lighting.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 57 illus. 101 pp. 12mo.
+ (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 8.) (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =How to Install Electric Bells, Annunciators and Alarms.= By N.H.
+ SCHNEIDER. 59 illus. 63 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 2.)
+ (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Modern Primary Batteries,= their construction, use and maintenance.
+ By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 54 illus. 94 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES,
+ NO. 1.) (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Practical Engineers' Handbook on the Care and Management of Electric
+ Power Plants.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 203 illus. 274 pp. crown 8vo. (_New
+ York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Electrical Circuits and Diagrams,= illustrated and explained. By N.H.
+ SCHNEIDER. 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NOS. 3 AND 4.) (_New York_)
+
+ Part 1. 217 illus. 72 pp. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ Part 2. 73 pp. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Electrical Instruments and Testing.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. Third
+ edition. 133 illus. 239 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Experimenting with Induction Coils.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 26 illus. 73
+ pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 5.) (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Study of Electricity for Beginners.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 54 illus. 88
+ pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 6.) (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Practical Electrics:= a Universal Handybook on Every Day Electrical
+ Matters. Seventh edition, 126 illus. 135 pp. 8vo. (S. & C. SERIES, NO.
+ 13.) (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =The Voltaic Accumulator:= an elementary treatise. By E. REYNIER.
+ Translated from the French by J.A. BERLY. 62 illus. 202 pp. 8vo
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Dry Batteries:= how to Make and Use them. By a DRY BATTERY EXPERT.
+ With additional notes by N.H. SCHNEIDER. 30 illus. 59 pp. crown 8vo,
+ sewed. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 7.) (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =The Diseases of Electrical Machinery.= By E. SCHULZ. Edited, with a
+ Preface, by Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 42 illus. 84 pp. crown 8vo
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Electric Toy-Making.= By T.O. SLOANE. Fifteenth edition, 70 illus.
+ 183 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electricity Simplified.= By T.O. SLOANE. Tenth edition, 29 illus. 158
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =How to become a Successful Electrician.= By T.O. SLOANE. Third
+ edition, illustrated, crown 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Electricity:= its Theory, Sources and Applications. By J.T. SPRAGUE.
+ Third edition, 109 illus. 658 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Telegraphic Connections.= By C. THOM and W.H. JONES. 20 plates, 59
+ pp. oblong 8vo. (_New York, 1892_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Röntgen Rays= and Phenomena of the Anode and Cathode. By E.P.
+ THOMPSON and W.A. ANTHONY. 105 illus. 204 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1896_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Dynamo Electric Machinery.= By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. Seventh edition,
+ demy 8vo. (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.)
+
+ Vol. I. =Continuous-Current Machinery.= With 4 coloured and 30
+ folding plates, 573 illus. 984 pp. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 1 10 0
+
+ Vol. II. =Alternating Current Machinery.= 15 coloured and 24
+ folding plates, 546 illus. 900 pp. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 10 0
+
+ =Design of Dynamos= (Continuous Currents). By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 4
+ coloured and 8 folding plates, 243 pp. demy 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 12 0
+
+ =Schedule for Dynamo Design,= issued with the above. 6_d_. each, 4_s_.
+ per doz., or 18_s_. per 100 _net_
+
+ =Curves of Magnetic Data for Various Materials.= A reprint on
+ transparent paper for office use of Plate L from Dynamo Electric
+ Machinery, and measuring 25 in. by 16 in.
+
+ _net_ 0 7
+
+ =The Electromagnet.= By C.R. UNDERHILL. 67 illus. 159 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Practical Guide to the Testing of Insulated Wires and Cables.= By
+ H.L. WEBB. Fifth edition, 38 illus. 118 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York,
+ 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+
+ FOREIGN EXCHANGE.
+
+ =English Prices with Russian Equivalents= (at Fourteen Rates of
+ Exchange). English prices per lb., with equivalents in roubles and
+ kopecks per pood. By A. ADIASSEWICH. 182 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan.
+ (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =English Prices with German Equivalents= (at Seven Rates of Exchange).
+ English prices per lb., with equivalents in marks per kilogramme. By
+ St. KOCZOROWSKI. 95 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =English Prices with Spanish Equivalents.= At Seven Rates of Exchange.
+ English prices per lb., with equivalents in pesetas per kilogramme. By
+ S. LAMBERT. 95 pp. 32mo, roan. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =English Prices with French Equivalents= (at Seven Rates of Exchange).
+ English prices per lb. to francs per kilogramme. By H.P. MCCARTNEY. 97
+ pp. 32mo, roan. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Principles of Foreign Exchange.= By E. MATHESON. Fourth edition, 54
+ pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 0 3
+
+
+ GAS AND OIL ENGINES.
+
+ =The Theory of the Gas Engine.= By D. CLERK. Edited by F.E. IDELL.
+ Third edition, 19 illus. 180 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =The Design and Construction of Oil Engines.= By A.H. GOLDINGHAM.
+ Third edition, 112 illus. 260 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Gas Engine in Principle and Practice.= By A.H. GOLDINGHAM. 107 illus.
+ 195 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Practical Hand-Book on the Care and Management of Gas Engines.= By
+ G. LIECKFELD. Third edition, square 16mo. (_New York, 1896_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Elements of Gas Engine Design.= By S.A. MOSS. 197 pp. 18mo, boards.
+ (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Gas and Petroleum Engines.= A Manual for Students and Engineers.
+ (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.) By Prof. W. ROBINSON. _Third edition in
+ preparation_
+
+
+ GAS LIGHTING.
+
+ =Gas Analyst's Manual= (incorporating Hartley's "Gas Analyst's Manual"
+ and "Gas Measurement"). By J. ABADY. 102 illustrations, 576 pp. demy
+ 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+ =Gas Works:= their Arrangement, Construction, Plant and Machinery. By
+ F. COLYER. 31 folding plates, 134 pp. 8vo. (_1884_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Transactions of the Institution of Gas Engineers.= Edited by WALTER
+ T. DUNN, _Secretary_. Published annually. 8vo
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Lighting by Acetylene.= By F. DYE. 75 illus. 200 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =A Comparison of the English and French Methods of Ascertaining the
+ Illuminating Power of Coal Gas.= By A.J. VAN EIJNDHOVEN. Illustrated,
+ crown 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 4 0
+
+ =Gas Lighting and Gas Fitting.= By W.P. GERHARD. Second edition, 190
+ pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1894_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =A Treatise on the Comparative Commercial Values of Gas Coals and
+ Cannels.= By D.A. GRAHAM. 3 plates, 100 pp. 8vo. (_1882_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =The Gas Engineer's Laboratory Handbook.= By J. HORNBY. Third edition,
+ revised, 70 illus. 330 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+
+ HISTORICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL.
+
+ =Extracts from the Private Letters of the late Sir William Fothergill
+ Cooke,= 1836-9, relating to the Invention and Development of the
+ Electric Telegraph; also a Memoir by LATIMER CLARK. Edited by F.H.
+ WEBB. Sec. Inst.E.E. 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 3 0
+
+ =A Chronology of Inland Navigation= in Great Britain. By H.R. DE
+ SALIS. Crown 8vo. (1897)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =A History of Electric Telegraphy= to the year 1837. By J.J. FAHIE. 35
+ illus. 542 pp. crown 8vo. (_1889_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =History and Development of Steam Locomotion on Common Roads.= By W.
+ FLETCHER. 109 illus. 288 pp. 8vo
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Life as an Engineer:= its Lights, Shades, and Prospects. By J.W.C.
+ HALDANE. 23 plates, 338 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Philipp Reis,= Inventor of the Telephone: a Biographical Sketch. By
+ Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 8vo, cloth. (_1883_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =The Development of the Mercurial Air Pump.= By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON.
+ Illustrated, royal 8vo, sewed. (_1888_)
+
+ 1 6
+
+
+ HOROLOGY.
+
+ =Watch and Clock Maker's Handbook,= Dictionary and Guide. By F.J.
+ BRITTEN. Tenth edition, 450 illus. 492 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Springing and Adjusting of Watches.= By F.J. BRITTEN. 75 illus.
+ 152 pp. crown 8vo. (_1898_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Prize Essay on the Balance Spring= and its Isochronal Adjustments. By
+ M. IMMISCH. 7 illus. 50 pp. crown 8vo. (_1872_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+
+ HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY.
+
+ (_See also_ WATER SUPPLY.)
+
+ =Pumps:= Historically, Theoretically and Practically Considered. By
+ P.R. BJÖRLING. Second edition, 156 illus. 234 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Pump Details.= By P.R. BJÖRLING. 278 illus. 211 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1892_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Pumps and Pump Motors:= A Manual for the use of Hydraulic Engineers.
+ By P.R. BJÖRLING. Two vols. 261 plates, 369 pp. royal 4to. (_1895_).
+
+ _net_ 1 10 0
+
+ =Practical Handbook on Pump Construction.= By P.R. BJÖRLING. Second
+ edition, 9 plates, 90 pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Water or Hydraulic Motors.= By P.R. BJÖRLING. 206 illus. 287 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Hydraulic Machinery,= with an Introduction to Hydraulics. By R.G.
+ BLAINE. Second edition with 307 illus. 468 pp. 8vo. (FINSBURY
+ TECHNICAL MANUAL). (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 14 0
+
+ =Practical Hydraulics.= By T. BOX. Fifteenth edition, 8 plates, 88 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Hydraulic, Steam, and Hand Power Lifting and Pressing Machinery.= By
+ F. COLYER. Second edition, 88 plates, 211 pp. imperial 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Pumps and Pumping Machinery.= By F. COLYER.
+
+ Vol. I. Second edition, 53 plates, 212 pp. 8vo (_1892_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ Vol. II. Second edition, 48 plates, 169 pp. 8vo. (_1900_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Construction of Horizontal and Vertical Water-wheels.= By W. CULLEN.
+ Second edition, small 4to. (_1871_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Donaldson's Poncelet Turbine= and Water Pressure Engine and Pump.
+ By W. DONALDSON. 4to. (_1883_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Principles of Construction and Efficiency of Water-wheels.= By W.
+ DONALDSON. 13 illus. 94 pp. 8vo. (_1876_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Practical Hydrostatics and Hydrostatic Formulæ.= By E.S. GOULD. 27
+ illus. 114 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Hydraulic and other Tables= for purposes of Sewerage and Water
+ Supply. By T. HENNELL. Third edition, 70 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Hydraulic Tables= for finding the Mean Velocity and Discharge in Open
+ Channels. By T. HIGHAM. Second edition, 90 pp. super-royal 8vo.
+ (_1898_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Tables for Calculating the Discharge of Water= in Pipes for Water and
+ Power Supplies. Indexed at side for ready reference. By A.E. SILK. 63
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_1899_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Simple Hydraulic Formulæ.= By T.W. STONE. 9 plates, 98 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1881_)
+
+ 4 0
+
+
+ INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+ =Perfumes and their Preparation.= By G.W. ASKINSON. Translated from
+ the Third German Edition by I. FUEST. Third edition, 32 illus. 312 pp.
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Brewing Calculations,= Gauging and Tabulation. By C.H. BATER. 340 pp.
+ 64mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1897_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =A Pocket Book for Chemists,= Chemical Manufacturers, Metallurgists,
+ Dyers, Distillers, etc. By T. BAYLEY. Seventh edition, 550 pp. royal
+ 32mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Practical Receipts= for the Manufacturer, the Mechanic, and for
+ Home use. By Dr. H.R. BERKELEY and W.M. WALKER. 250 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =A Treatise on the Manufacture of Soap and Candles,= Lubricants and
+ Glycerine. By W.L. CARPENTER and H. LEASK. Second edition, 104 illus.
+ 456 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =A Text Book of Paper Making.= By C.F. CROSS and E.J. BEVAN. Third
+ edition, 97 illus. 411 pp. crown 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =C.B.S. Standard Units and Standard Paper Tests.= By C.F. CROSS, E.J.
+ BEVAN, C. BEADLE and R.W. SINDALL. 25 pp. crown 4to. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Soda Fountain Requisites.= A Practical Receipt Book for Druggists,
+ Chemists, etc. By G.H. DUBELLE. Third edition, 157 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =The Chemistry of Fire= and Fire Prevention. By H. and H. INGLE. 45
+ illus. 290 pp. crown 8vo. (_1900_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Ice-Making Machines.= By M. Ledoux and others. Sixth edition. 190 pp.
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Brewing with Raw Grain.= By T.W. Lovibond. 75 pp. crown 8vo. (1883)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Sugar, a Handbook for Planters and Refiners.= By the late J.A.R.
+ NEWLANDS and B.E.R. NEWLANDS. 236 illus. 876 pp. demy 8vo. (_London,
+ 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 5 0
+
+ =Principles of Leather Manufacture.= By Prof. H.R. PROCTER. 101 illus.
+ 520 pp. medium 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+ =Leather Industries Laboratory Handbook= of Analytical and
+ Experimental methods. By H.R. PROCTER. Second edition, 4 plates, 46
+ illus. 450 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+ =Theoretical and Practical Ammonia Refrigeration.= By I.I. REDWOOD.
+ Sixth thousand, 15 illus. 146 pp. square 16mo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Breweries and Maltings.= By G. SCAMMELL and F. COLYER. Second
+ edition, 20 plates, 178 pp. 8vo. (_1880_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =Factory Glazes for Ceramic Engineers.= By H. RUM-BELLOW. Folio.
+ Series A, Leadless Sanitary Glazes. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =Text Book of Physical Chemistry.= By C.L. SPEYERS. 224 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Spons' Encyclopædia of the Industrial Arts,= Manufactures and
+ Commercial Products. 1500 illus. 2100 pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1882_) In
+ 2 Vols. cloth
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =Pigments, Paints and Painting.= By G. TERRY. 49 illus. 392 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_1893_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Tables for the Quantitative Estimation of the Sugars.= By E. WEIN and
+ W. FREW. Crown 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Workshop Receipts.= For the use of Manufacturers, Mechanics and
+ Scientific Amateurs. New and thoroughly revised edition, crown 8vo.
+ (_1909_) each
+
+ _each net_ 3 0
+
+ Vol. I. ACETYLENE LIGHTING _to_ DRYING. 223 illus. 532 pp.
+
+ Vol. II. DYEING _to_ JAPANNING. 259 illus. 540 pp.
+
+ Vol. III. JOINTING PIPES _to_ PUMPS. 256 illus. 528 pp.
+
+ Vol. IV. RAINWATER SEPARATORS _to_ WINES. 250 illus. 520 pp.
+
+ =Practical Handbook on the Distillation of Alcohol from Farm
+ Products.= By F.B. WRIGHT. Second edition, 60 illus. 271 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1907_) ... ...
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =The Manufacture of Chocolate= and other Cacao Preparations. By P.
+ ZIPPERER. Second edition, 87 illus. 280 pp. royal 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 16 0
+
+
+ IRRIGATION.
+
+ =The Irrigation Works of India.= By R.B. BUCKLEY. Second edition, with
+ coloured maps and plans. 336 pp. 4to, cloth. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =Facts, Figures, and Formulæ for Irrigation Engineers.= By R.B.
+ BUCKLEY. With illus. 239 pp. large 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Irrigated India.= By Hon. ALFRED DEAKIN. With Map, 322 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1893_)
+
+ 8 6
+
+ =Indian Storage Reservoirs,= with Earthen Dams. By W.L. STRANGE. 14
+ plates and 53 illus. 379 pp. demy 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Irrigation Farming.= By L.M. WILCOX. Revised edition, 113 illus. 494
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Egyptian Irrigation.= By Sir W. WILLCOCKS. Second edition out of
+ Print. _A few copies of the First Edition (_1889_) are still
+ to be had. Price 15s. net._
+
+ =The Nile Reservoir Dam at Assuan,= and After. By Sir
+ _W. WILLCOCKS._ Second edition, 13 plates, super-royal 8vo.
+ (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =The Assuan Reservoir and Lake Moeris.= By Sir W. WILLCOCKS. With text
+ in English, French and Arabic. 5 plates, 116 pp. super-royal 8vo.
+ (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Nile in 1904.= By Sir W. Willcocks. 30 plates, 200 pp.
+ super-royal 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 9 0
+
+
+ LOGARITHM TABLES.
+
+ =Aldum's Pocket Folding Mathematical Tables.= Four-figure logarithms,
+ and Anti-logarithms, Natural Sines, Tangents, Cotangents, Cosines,
+ Chords and Radians for all angles from 1 to 90 degrees. On folding
+ card. _Net_ 4_d._ 20 copies, _net_ 6_s._
+
+ =Tables of Seven-figure Logarithms= of the Natural Numbers from 1 to
+ 108,000. By C. BABBAGE. Stereotype edition, 8vo
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Short Logarithmic= and other Tables. By W.C. UNWIN. Fourth edition,
+ small 4to
+
+ 3 0
+
+ =Logarithmic Land Measurement.= By J. WALLACE. 32 pp. royal 8vo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =A.B.C. Five-figure Logarithms with Tables, for Chemists.= By C.J.
+ WOODWARD. Crown 8vo
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =A.B.C. Five-figure Logarithms= for general use, with lateral index
+ for ready reference. By C.J. WOODWARD. Second edition, with cut
+ lateral Index, 116 pp. 12mo, limp leather
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+
+ MARINE ENGINEERING AND NAVAL ARCHITECTURE.
+
+ =Marine Propellers.= By S.W. BARNABY. Fifth edition, 5 plates, 56
+ illus. 185 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Marine Engineer's Record Book:= Engines. By B.C. BARTLEY. 8vo, roan
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Engineer's and Draughtsman's Data Book= for Workshop and Office
+ Use. Third edition, crown 8vo, roan
+
+ 3 0
+
+ =Yachting Hints,= Tables and Memoranda. By A.C. FRANKLIN. Waistcoat
+ pocket size, 103 pp. 64mo, roan, gilt edges
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Steamship Coefficients, Speeds and Powers.= By C.F.A. FYFE. 31
+ plates, 280 pp. fcap. 8vo, leather. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Steamships and Their Machinery,= from first to last. By J.W.C.
+ HALDANE. 120 illus. 532 pp. 8vo. (_1893_)
+
+ 15 0
+
+ =Tables for Constructing Ships' Lines.= By A. HOGG. Second edition,
+ 8vo
+
+ 7 0
+
+ =Submarine Boats.= By G.W. HOVGAARD. 2 plates, 98 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1887_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Tabulated Weights= of Angle, Tee, Bulb, Round, Square, and Flat Iron
+ and Steel for the use of Naval Architects, Ship-builders, etc. By C.H.
+ JORDAN. Sixth edition, 640 pp. royal 32mo, French morocco, gilt edges.
+ (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Particulars of Dry Docks,= Wet Docks, Wharves, etc. on the River
+ Thames. Compiled by C.H. JORDAN. Second edition, 7 coloured charts,
+ 103 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Marine Transport of Petroleum.= By H. LITTLE. 66 illus. 263 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Questions and Answers for Marine Engineers,= with a Practical
+ Treatise on Breakdowns at Sea. By T. LUCAS. 12 folding plates, 515 pp.
+ gilt edges, crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 8 0
+
+ =Reed's Examination Papers for Extra First Class Engineers=. Fourth
+ edition, 14 plates and 188 illus. 550 pp. 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+ =Reed's Engineers' Handbook to the Board of Trade Examinations= for
+ certificates of Competency as First and Second Class Engineers.
+ Nineteenth edition, 37 plates, 358 illus. 696 pp. 8vo
+
+ _net_ 14 0
+
+ =Reed's Marine Boilers.= Second edition, crown 8vo
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Reed's Useful Hints to Sea-going Engineers.= Fourth edition, 8
+ plates, 50 illus. 312 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+
+ MATERIALS.
+
+ =Practical Treatise on the Strength of Materials.= By T. BOX. Fourth
+ edition, 27 plates, 536 pp. 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Treatise on the Origin, Progress, Prevention and Cure of Dry Rot in
+ Timber.= By T.A. BRITTON. 10 plates, 519 pp. crown 8vo. (_1875_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Twenty Years' Practical Experience of Natural Asphalt= and Mineral
+ Bitumen. By W.H. DELANO. 33 illus. 73 pp. crown 8vo, parchment.
+ (_1893_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Stone:= how to get it and how to use it. By Major-Gen. C.E. LUARD,
+ R.E. 8vo, sewed. (_1890_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Testing of Pipes= and Pipe-joints in the Open Trenches. By M.M.
+ PATERSON. 8vo, sewed (_1879_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Solid Bitumens.= By S.F. PECKHAM. 23 illus. 324 pp. 8vo. (_New York,
+ 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Lubricants, Oils and Greases.= By I.I. REDWOOD. 3 plates, 8vo.
+ (_1898_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Practical Treatise on Mineral Oils= and their By-Products. By I.I.
+ REDWOOD. 67 illus. 336 pp. demy 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 15 0
+
+ =Silico-Calcareous Sandstones,= or Building Stones from Quartz, Sand
+ and Lime. By E. STOFFLER. 5 plates, 8vo, sewed. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 4 0
+
+ =Proceedings of the Fifth Congress, International Association for
+ Testing Materials.= English edition. 189 illus. 549 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_1910_).
+
+ Paper
+
+ _net_ 15 0
+
+ Cloth
+
+ _net_ 18 0
+
+
+ MATHEMATICS.
+
+ =Imaginary Quantities.= By M. ARGAND. Translated by PROF. HARDY. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Text Book of Practical Solid Geometry.= By E.H. DE V. ATKINSON.
+ Revised by MAJOR B.R. WARD, R.E. Second edition, 17 plates, 8vo.
+ (_1901_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Quick and Easy Methods of Calculating,= and the Theory and Use of the
+ Slide Rule. By R.G. BLAINE. Third edition, 6 illus. 152 pp. 16mo,
+ leather cloth. (_1907_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =Symbolic Algebra,= or the Algebra of Algebraic Numbers. By W. CAIN.
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Nautical Astronomy.= By J.H. COLVIN. 127 pp. crown, 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Chemical Problems.= By J.C. FOYE. Fourth edition, 141 pp. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Primer of the Calculus.= By E.S. GOULD. Second edition, 24 illus. 122
+ pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1899_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Elementary Treatise on the Calculus= for Engineering Students. By J.
+ GRAHAM. Third edition, 276 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_). (FINSBURY
+ TECHNICAL MANUAL)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Manual of the Slide Rule.= By F.A. HALSEY. Second edition, 31 illus.
+ 84 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Reform in Chemical and Physical Calculations.= By C.J.T. HANSSEN.
+ 4to. (_1897_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Algebra Self-Taught.= By P. HIGGS. Third edition, 104 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1903_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =Galvanic Circuit investigated Mathematically.= By G.S. OHM.
+ Translated by WILLIAM FRANCIS. 269 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York,
+ 1891_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Elementary Practical Mathematics.= By M.T. ORMSBY. 420 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_1900_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Elements of Graphic Statics.= By K. VON OTT. Translated by G.S.
+ CLARKE. 93 illus. 128 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Figure of the Earth.= By F.C. ROBERTS. 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Arithmetic of Electricity.= By T. O'C. SLOANE. Thirteenth edition,
+ crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Graphic Method for Solving certain Questions in Arithmetic or
+ Algebra.= By G.L. VOSE. Second edition with 28 illus. 62 pp. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Problems in Electricity.= A Graduated Collection comprising all
+ branches of Electrical Science. By R. WEBER. Translated from the
+ French by E.A. O'KEEFE. 34 illus. 366 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_).
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+
+ MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
+
+ STEAM ENGINES AND BOILERS, ETC.
+
+ =Handbook for Mechanical Engineers.= By HY. ADAMS. Fourth edition, 426
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Appleby's Handbooks of Machinery.= Many illustrations, 8vo. Sections
+ 2, 3, 4 and 6
+
+ _each_ 3 6
+
+ Section 5
+
+ 5 0
+
+ Section 1.--Prime Movers. _Out of Print._
+ Section 2.--Hoisting Machinery, Winding Engines, etc.
+ Section 3.--_Out of print._
+ Section 4.--Machine Tools and Accessories.
+ Section 5.--Contractors' Plant and Railway Materials.
+ Section 6.--Mining, Colonial and Manufacturing Machinery.
+
+ =Engineers' Sketch Book of Mechanical Movements.= By T.W. BARBER.
+ Fifth edition, 3000 illus. 355 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =The Repair and Maintenance of Machinery.= By T.W. BARBER. 417 illus.
+ 476 pp. 8vo. (_1895_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Slide Valve and its Functions=, with special reference to Modern
+ Practice in the United States. By J. BEGTRUP. 90 diagrams, 146 pp.
+ medium 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 8 0
+
+ =Practical Treatise on Mill Gearing.= By T. BOX. Fifth edition, 11
+ plates, 128 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Safety Valves.= By R.H. BUELL. Third edition, 20 illus. 100 pp. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Machine Design.= By Prof. W.L. CATHCART. Part I. FASTENINGS. 123
+ illus. 291 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Chimney Design and Theory.= By W.W. CHRISTIE. Second edition, 54
+ illus. 192 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Furnace Draft:= its Production by Mechanical Methods. By W.W.
+ CHRISTIE. 5 illus. 80 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Working and Management of Steam Boilers and Engines.= By F. COLYER.
+ Second edition, 108 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =The Stokers' Catechism.= By W.J. CONNOR. 63 pp. limp cloth. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Treatise on the use of Belting for the Transmission of Power.= By
+ J.H. COOPER. Fifth edition, 94 illus. 399 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York,
+ 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =The Steam Engine considered as a Thermodynamic Machine.= By J.H.
+ COTTERILL. Third edition, 39 diagrams, 444 pp. 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 15 0
+
+ =Fireman's Guide=, a Handbook on the Care of Boilers. By K.P.
+ DAHLSTROM. Ninth edition fcap. 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Heat for Engineers.= By C.R. DARLING. 110 illus. 430 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1908._) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Diseases of a Gasolene Automobile=, and How to Cure Them. By A.L.
+ DYKE and G.P. DORRIS. 127 illus. 201 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Belt Driving.= By G. HALLIDAY. 3 folding plates, 100 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1894_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Worm and Spiral Gearing.= By F.A. HALSEY. 13 plates, 85 pp. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Commercial Efficiency of Steam Boilers.= By A. HANSSEN. Large 8vo,
+ sewed. (1898)
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =Corliss Engine.= By J.T. HENTHORN. Third edition, 23 illus. 95 pp.
+ square 16mo. (S. & C. SERIES, No. 20.) (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Liquid Fuel= for Mechanical and Industrial Purposes. By E.A.
+ BRAYLEY HODGETTS. 106 illus. 129 pp. 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Elementary Text-Book on Steam Engines and Boilers.= By J.H.
+ KINEALY. Fourth edition, 106 illus. 259 pp. 8vo. (_New York,
+ 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Centrifugal Fans.= By J.H. KINEALY. 33 illus. 206 pp. fcap.
+ 8vo, leather. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Mechanical Draft.= By J.H. KINEALY. 27 original tables and 13
+ plates, 142 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =The A.B.C. of the Steam Engine=, with a description of the
+ Automatic Governor. By J.P. LISK. 6 plates, 12mo. (S. & C.
+ SERIES, No. 17.) (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Valve Setting Record Book.= By P.A. LOW. 8vo, boards.
+
+ 1 6
+
+ =The Lay-out of Corliss Valve Gears.= By S.A. MOSS. Second
+ edition, 3 plates, 108 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Steam Boilers=, their Management and Working. By J. PEATTIE.
+ Fifth edition, 35 illus. 230 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Treatise on the Richards Steam Engine Indicator.= By C.T.
+ PORTER. Sixth edition, 3 plates and 73 diagrams, 285 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1902_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Practical Treatise on the Steam Engine.= By A. RIGG. Second
+ edition, 103 plates, 378 pp. demy 4to. (_1894_)
+
+ 1 5 0
+
+ =Power and its Transmission.= A Practical Handbook for the
+ Factory and Works Manager. By T.A. SMITH. 76 pp. fcap. 8vo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Drawings for Medium Sized Repetition Work.= By R.D. SPINNEY.
+ With 47 illus. 130 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Slide Valve Simply Explained.= By W.J. TENNANT. Revised by
+ J.H. KINEALY. 41 illus. 83 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Shaft Governors.= By W. TRINKS and C. HOOSUM. 27 illus. 97 pp.
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Slide and Piston Valve Geared Steam Engines.= By W.H. UHLAND.
+ 47 plates and 314 illus. 155 pp. Two vols. folio, half morocco.
+ (_1882_)
+
+ 1 16 0
+
+ =How to run Engines and Boilers.= By E.P. WATSON. Fifth
+ edition, 31 illus. 160 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Position Diagram of Cylinder with Meyer Cut-off.= By W.H.
+ WEIGHTMAN. On card. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Practical Method of Designing Slide Valve Gearing.= By E.J.
+ WELCH. 69 diagrams, 283 pp. Crown 8vo. (_1890_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Elements of Mechanics.= By T.W. WRIGHT. Eighth edition,
+ illustrated, 382 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+
+ METALLURGY.
+
+ IRON AND STEEL MANUFACTURE.
+
+ =Life of Railway Axles.= By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1895_)
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =Microscopic Internal Flaws in Steel Rails and Propeller
+ Shafts.= By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =Microscopic Internal Flaws, Inducing Fracture in Steel.= By T.
+ ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Relations between the Effects of Stresses= slowly applied and
+ of Stresses suddenly applied in the case of Iron and Steel:
+ Comparative Tests with Notched and Plain Bars. By P. BREUIL. 23
+ plates and 60 illus. 151 pp. 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 8 0
+
+ =Brassfounders' Alloys.= By J.F. BUCHANAN. Illustrated, 129 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Foundry Nomenclature.= The Moulder's Pocket Dictionary and
+ concise guide to Foundry Practice. By JOHN F. BUCHANAN.
+ Illustrated, 225 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =American Standard Specifications for Steel.= By A.L. COLBY.
+ Second edition, revised, 103 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Galvanised Iron=: its Manufacture and Uses. By J. DAVIES. 139
+ pp. 8vo. (_1899_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Management of Steel.= By G. EDE. Seventh edition, 216 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Galvanising and Tinning=, with a special Chapter on Tinning
+ Grey Iron Castings. By W.T. FLANDERS. 8vo. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Cupola Furnace.= A practical treatise on the Construction and
+ Management of Foundry Cupolas. By E. KIRK. Third edition, 78
+ illus. 450 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 15 0
+
+ =Practical Notes on Pipe Founding.= By J.W. MACFARLANE. 15
+ plates, 148 pp. 8vo
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Atlas of Designs concerning Blast Furnace Practice.= By M.A.
+ PAVLOFF. 127 plates, 14 in. by 10½ in. oblong, sewed.
+ (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Album of Drawings relating to the Manufacture of Open Hearth
+ Steel.= By M.A. PAVLOFF.
+
+ Part I. Open Hearth Furnaces. 52 plates, 14 in. by 10½ in.
+ oblong folio in portfolio. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 12 0
+
+ =Metallography Applied to Siderurgic Products.= By H. SAVOIA.
+ Translated by R.G. CORBET. With 94 illus. 180 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Modern Foundry Practice.= Including revised subject matter and
+ tables from SPRETSON'S "Casting and Founding." By J. SHARP.
+ Second edition, 272 illus. 759 pp. 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Roll Turning for Sections in Steel and Iron.= By A. SPENCER.
+ Second edition, 78 plates, 4to. (_1894_)
+
+ 1 10 0
+
+
+ METRIC TABLES.
+
+ =French Measure and English Equivalents.= By J. BROOK. Second
+ edition, 80 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =A Dictionary of Metric and other useful Measures.= By L.
+ CLARK. 113 pp. 8vo. (_1891_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =English Weights, with their Equivalents in kilogrammes per
+ cent.= By F.W.A. LOGAN. 96 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Metric Weights with English Equivalents.= By H.P. MCCARTNEY.
+ 84 pp. fcap. 32mo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Metric Tables.= By Sir G.L. MOLESWORTH. Fourth edition, 95 pp.
+ royal 32mo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Tables for Setting out Curves= from 200 metres to 4000 metres
+ by tangential angles. By H. WILLIAMSON. 4 illus. 60 pp. 18mo.
+ (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+
+ MINERALOGY AND MINING.
+
+ =Rock Blasting.= By G.G. ANDRE. 12 plates and 56 illus. in
+ text, 202 pp. 8vo. (_1878_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Winding Plants for Great Depth.= By H.C. BEHR. In two parts.
+ 8vo, sewed. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =Practical Treatise on Hydraulic Mining in California.= By A.J.
+ BOWIE, Jun. Tenth edition, 73 illus. 313 pp. royal 8vo. (_New
+ York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Manual of Assaying Gold, Silver, Copper and Lead Ores.= By
+ W.L. BROWN. Twelfth edition, 132 illus. 589 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Fire Assaying.= By E.W. BUSKETT. 69 illus. 105 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Tin=: Describing the Chief Methods of Mining, Dressing, etc.
+ By A.G. CHARLETON. 15 plates, 83 pp. crown 8vo. (_1884_)
+
+ 12 6
+
+ =Gold Mining and Milling= in Western Australia, with Notes upon
+ Telluride Treatment, Costs and Mining Practice in other Fields.
+ By A.G. CHARLETON. 82 illus. and numerous plans and tables, 648
+ pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 1 5 0
+
+ =Miners' Geology and Prospectors' Guide.= By G.A. CORDER. 29
+ plates, 224 pp. crown 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Blasting of Rock in Mines, Quarries, Tunnels, etc.= By A.W.
+ and Z.W. DAW. Second edition, 90 illus. 316 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 15 0
+
+ =Handbook of Mineralogy=; determination and description of
+ Minerals found in the United States. By J.C. FOYE. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1886_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Conversations on Mines.= By W. HOPTON. Ninth edition, 33
+ illus. 356 pp. crown 8vo. (_1891_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =Our Coal Resources= at the End of the Nineteenth Century. By
+ Prof. E. HULL. 157 pp. demy 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Hydraulic Gold Miners' Manual.= By T.S.G. KIRKPATRICK. Second
+ edition, 12 illus. 46 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 4 0
+
+ =Economic Mining.= By C.G.W. LOCK. 175 illus. 680 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1895_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Gold Milling=: Principles and Practice. By C.G.W. LOCK. 200
+ illus. 850 pp. demy 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Mining and Ore-Dressing Machinery.= By C.G.W. LOCK. 639
+ illus. 466 pp. super-royal 4to. (_1890_)
+
+ 1 5 0
+
+ =Miners' Pocket Book.= By C.G.W. LOCK. Fifth edition, 233
+ illus. 624 pp. fcap. 8vo, roan, gilt edges. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Tests for Ores, Minerals and Metals of Commercial Value.= By
+ R.L. MCMECHEN. 152 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 5 6
+
+ =Practical Handbook for the Working Miner and Prospector=, and
+ the Mining Investor. By J.A. MILLER. 34 illus. 234 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Theory and Practice of Centrifugal Ventilating Machines.= By
+ D. MURGUE. 7 illus. 81 pp. 8vo. (_1883_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Examples of Coal Mining Plant.= By J. POVEY-HARPER. Second
+ edition, 40 plates, 26 in. by 20 in. (_1895_)
+
+ _net_ 4 4 0
+
+ =Examples of Coal Mining Plant, Second Series.= By J.
+ POVEY-HARPER. 10 plates, 26 in. by 20 in. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 12 6
+
+
+ ORGANISATION.
+
+ ACCOUNTS, CONTRACTS AND MANAGEMENT.
+
+ =Organisation of Gold Mining Business=, with Specimens of the
+ Departmental Report Books and the Account Books. By NICOL
+ BROWN. Second edition, 220 pp. fcap. folio. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 1 5 0
+
+ =Manual of Engineering Specifications= and Contracts. By L.M.
+ HAUPT. Eighth edition, 338 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Depreciation of Factories=, Municipal, and Industrial
+ Undertakings, and their Valuation. By E. MATHESON. Fourth
+ edition, 230 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Aid Book to Engineering Enterprise.= By E. MATHESON. Third
+ edition, 916 pp. 8vo, buckram. (_1898_)
+
+ 1 4 0
+
+ =Office Management.= A handbook for Architects and Civil
+ Engineers. By W. KAYE PARRY. New impression, 187 pp. medium
+ 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Commercial Organisation of Engineering Factories.= By H.
+ SPENCER. 92 illus. 221 pp. 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+
+ PHYSICS.
+
+ COLOUR, HEAT AND EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCE.
+
+ =The Entropy Diagram= and its Applications. By M.J. BOULVIN. 38
+ illus. 82 pp. demy 8vo. (_1898_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Physical Problems and their Solution.= By A. BOURGOUGNON. 224
+ pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1897_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Heat for Engineers.= By C.R. DARLING. 110 illus. 430 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1908_) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =The Colourist.= A method of determining colour harmony. By
+ J.A.H. HATT. 2 coloured plates, 80 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Engineering Thermodynamics.= By C.F. HIRSCHFELD. 22 illus. 157
+ pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Experimental Science=: Elementary, Practical and Experimental
+ Physics. By G.M. HOPKINS. Twenty-third edition, 920 illus. 1100
+ pp. large 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+ =Reform in Chemical and Physical Calculations.= By C.J.T.
+ HANSSEN. Demy 4to. (_1897_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Introduction to the Study of Colour Phenomena.= By J.W.
+ LOVIBOND. 10 hand coloured plates, 48 pp. 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Practical Laws and Data on the Condensation of Steam in Bare
+ Pipes=; to which is added a Translation of PECLET'S Theory and
+ Experiments on the Transmission of Heat through Insulating
+ Materials. By C.P. PAULDING. 184 illus. 102 pp. demy 8vo. (_New
+ York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =The Energy Chart.= Practical application to reciprocating
+ steam-engines. By Captain H.R. SANKEY. 157 illus. 170 pp. 8vo.
+ (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+
+ PRICE BOOKS.
+
+ =Approximate Estimates.= By T.E. COLEMAN. Third edition, 481
+ pp. oblong 32mo, leather. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Railway Stores Price Book.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE. 500 pp. demy
+ 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Spons' Engineers' Price Book.= A Synopsis of Current Prices
+ and Rates for Engineering Materials and Products. Edited by
+ T.G. MARLOW. 650 pp. folio. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Spons' Architects' and Builders' Pocket Price Book=,
+ Memoranda, Tables and Prices. Edited by CLYDE YOUNG. Revised by
+ STANFORD M. BROOKS. Illustrated, 552 pp. 16mo, leather cloth
+ (size 6½ in. by 3¾ in. by ½ in. thick). Issued annually
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+
+ RAILWAY ENGINEERING.
+
+ =Practical Hints to Young Engineers Employed on Indian
+ Railways.= By A.W.C. ADDIS. With 14 illus. 154 pp. 12mo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Railroad Curves and Earthwork.= By C.F. ALLEN. Third edition,
+ 4 plates, 198 pp. 12mo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Field and Office Tables=, specially applicable to Railroads.
+ By C.F. ALLEN. 293 pp. 16mo, leather. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ _The two above combined in one vol. limp leather_
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Up-to-date Air Brake Catechism.= By R.H. BLACKALL.
+ Twenty-third edit. 5 coloured plates, 96 illus. 305 pp. crown
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Simple and Automatic Vacuum Brakes.= By C. BRIGGS, G.N.R. 11
+ plates, 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ 4 0
+
+ =Notes on Permanent-way Material=, Plate-laying, and Points and
+ Crossings. By W.H. COLE. Fifth edition, 32 plates, 176 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Statistical Tables of the Working of Railways= in various
+ countries up to the year 1904. By J.D. DIACOMIDIS. Second
+ edition, 84 pp. small folio, sewed. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 16 0
+
+ =Locomotive Breakdowns=, Emergencies and their Remedies. By
+ GEO. L. FOWLER, M.E. and W.W. WOOD. Fifth edition, 92 illus.
+ 266 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Permanent-Way Diagrams.= By F.H. FRERE. Mounted on linen in
+ cloth covers. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Formulæ for Railway Crossings and Switches.= By J. GLOVER. 9
+ illus. 28 pp. royal 32mo. (_1896_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =Data relating to Railway Curves and Super elevations=, shown
+ graphically. By J.H. HAISTE. On folding card for pocket use
+
+ _net_ 0 6
+
+ =Setting out of Tube Railways.= By G.M. HALDEN. 9 plates, 46
+ illus. 68 pp. crown 4to. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Railway Engineering, Mechanical and Electrical.= By J.W.C.
+ HALDANE, 141 illus. 563 pp. 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 15 0
+
+ =Tables for setting-out Railway Curves.= By C.P. HOGG. A series
+ of cards in neat cloth case
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =The Construction of the Modern Locomotive.= By G. HUGHES. 300
+ illus. 261 pp. 8vo. (_1894_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Practical Hints for Light Railways= at Home and Abroad. By
+ F.R. JOHNSON. 6 plates, 31 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =Handbook on Railway Stores Management.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE.
+ 268 pp. demy 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Railway Stores Price Book.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE. 487 pp. demy
+ 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Tables for setting out Curves= for Railways, Roads, Canals,
+ etc. By A. KENNEDY and R.W. HACKWOOD. 32mo
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Railroad Location Surveys and Estimates.= By F. LAVIS. 68
+ illus. 270 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Tables for Computing the Contents of Earthwork= in the
+ Cuttings and Embankments of Railways. By W. MACGREGOR. Royal
+ 8vo
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Bridge and Tunnel Centres.= By J.B. MCMASTERS. Illustrated,
+ 106 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1893_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Pioneering.= By F. SHELFORD. Illustrated, 88 pp. crown 8vo.
+ (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Handbook on Railway Surveying= for Students and Junior
+ Engineers. By B. STEWART. 55 illus. 98 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Spiral Tables.= By J.G. SULLIVAN. 47 pp. 12mo, leather. (_New
+ York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Modern British Locomotives.= By A.T. TAYLOR. 100 diagrams of
+ principal dimensions, 118 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Locomotive Slide Valve Setting.= By C.E. TULLY. Illustrated,
+ 18mo
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =The Walschaert Locomotive Valve Gear.= By W.W. WOOD. 4 plates
+ and set of movable cardboard working models of the valves, 193
+ pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =The Westinghouse E.T. Air-Brake Instruction Pocket Book.= By
+ W.W. WOOD. 48 illus. including many coloured plates, 242 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+
+ SANITATION, PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING.
+
+ =Sewers and Drains for Populous Districts.= By J.W. ADAMS.
+ Ninth edition, 81 illus. 236 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Public Abattoirs=, their Planning, Design and Equipment. By
+ R.S. AYLING. 33 plates, 100 pp. demy 4to. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Sewage Purification.= By E. BAILEY-DENTON. 8 plates, 44 pp.
+ 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Water Supply and Sewerage of Country Mansions= and Estates. By
+ E. BAILEY-DENTON. 76 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Sewerage and Sewage Purification.= By M.N. BAKER. Second
+ edition, 144 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Sewage Irrigation by Farmers.= By R.W.P. BIRCH. 8vo, sewed.
+ (_1878_)
+
+ 2 6
+
+ =Sanitary House Drainage=, its Principles and Practice. By T.E.
+ COLEMAN. 98 illus. 206 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Stable Sanitation and Construction.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 183
+ illus. 226 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Public Institutions=, their Engineering, Sanitary and other
+ Appliances. By F. COLYER. 231 pp. 8vo. (_1889_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Discharge of Pipes and Culverts.= By P.M. CROSTHWAITE. Large
+ folding sheet in case.
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =A Complete and Practical Treatise on Plumbing and Sanitation:
+ Hot Water Supply, Warming and Ventilation=, Steam Cooking, Gas,
+ Electric Light, Bells, etc., with a complete Schedule of Prices
+ of Plumber's Work. By G.B. DAVIS and F. DYE. 2 vols. 637 illus.
+ and 21 folding plates, 830 pp. 4to, cloth. (_1899_)
+
+ _net_ 1 10 0
+
+ =Standard Practical Plumbing.= By P.J. DAVIES.
+
+ Vol. I. Fourth edition, 768 illus. 355 pp. royal 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ Vol. II. Second edition, 953 illus. 805 pp. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ Vol. III. 313 illus. 204 pp. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Conservancy, or Dry Sanitation versus Water Carriage.= By J.
+ DONKIN. 7 plates, 33 pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Sewage Disposal Works=, their Design and Construction. By W.C.
+ EASDALE. With 160 illus. 264 pp. demy 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =House Drainage and Sanitary Plumbing.= By W.P. GERHARD. Tenth
+ edition, 6 illus. 231 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1902_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Engineering Work in Towns and Cities.= By E. MCCULLOCH. 44
+ illus. 502 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =The Treatment of Septic Sewage.= By G.W. RAFTER. 137 pp. 18mo,
+ boards. (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Reports and Investigations on Sewer Air= and Sewer
+ Ventilation. By R.H. REEVES. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =The Law and Practice of Paving= Private Street Works. By W.
+ SPINKS. Fourth edition, 256 pp. 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+
+ STRUCTURAL DESIGN.
+
+ (_See_ BRIDGES AND ROOFS.)
+
+
+ TELEGRAPH CODES.
+
+ =New Business Code.= 320 pp. narrow 8vo. (Size 4¾ in. by
+ 7¾ in. and ½ in. thick, and weight 10 oz.) (_New York,
+ 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 1 10 0
+
+ =Miners' and Smelters' Code= (formerly issued as the =Master
+ Telegraph Code=). 448 pp. 8vo, limp leather, weight 14 oz.
+ (_New York, 1899_)
+
+ _net_ 2 10 0
+
+ =Billionaire Phrase Code=, containing over two million
+ sentences coded in single words. 56 pp. 8vo, leather. (_New
+ York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+
+ WARMING AND VENTILATION.
+
+ =Hot Water Supply.= By F. DYE. Fifth edition, 48 illus. 86 pp.
+ crown 8vo. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =A Practical Treatise upon Steam Heating.= By F. DYE. 129
+ illus. 246 pp. demy 8vo. (_1901_)
+
+ _net_ 10 0
+
+ =Practical Treatise on Warming Buildings by Hot Water.= By F.
+ DYE. 192 illus. 319 pp. 8vo. cloth. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Charts for Low Pressure Steam Heating.= By J.H. KINEALY. Small
+ folio. (_New York_)
+
+ 4 6
+
+ =Formulæ and Tables for Heating.= By J.H. KINEALY. 18 illus. 53
+ pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Mechanics of Ventilation.= By G.W. RAFTER. Second edition,
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1896_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Principles of Heating.= By W.G. SNOW. 62 illus. 161 pp. 8vo.
+ (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =Furnace Heating.= By W.G. SNOW. Fourth edition, 52 illus. 216
+ pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
+
+ _net_ 6 6
+
+ =Ventilation of Buildings.= By W.G. SNOW and T. NOLAN. 83 pp.
+ 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Heating Engineers' Quantities.= By W.L. WHITE and G.M. WHITE.
+ 4 plates, 33 pp. folio. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+
+ WATER SUPPLY.
+
+ (_See also_ HYDRAULICS.)
+
+ =Potable Water and Methods of Testing Impurities.= By M.N.
+ BAKER. 97 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Manual of Hydrology.= By N. BEARDMORE. New impression, 18
+ plates, 384 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Boiler Waters=, Scale, Corrosion and Fouling. By W.W.
+ CHRISTIE. 77 illus. 235 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Water Softening and Purification.= By H. COLLET. Second
+ edition, 6 illus. 170 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Treatise on Water Supply=, Drainage and Sanitary Appliances of
+ Residences. By F. COLYER. 100 pp. crown 8vo. (_1899_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Report on the Investigations into the Purification of the Ohio
+ River Water= at Louisville, Kentucky. By G.W. FULLER. 8 plates,
+ 4to, cloth. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ _net_ 2 2 0
+
+ =Purification of Public Water Supplies.= By J.W. HILL. 314 pp.
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1898_)
+
+ 10 6
+
+ =Well Boring for Water, Brine and Oil.= By C. ISLER. _New
+ edition in the Press._
+
+ =Method of Measuring Liquids Flowing through Pipes by means of
+ Meters of Small Calibre.= By Prof. G. LANGE. 1 plate, 16 pp.
+ 8vo, sewed
+
+ _net_ 0 6
+
+ =On Artificial Underground Water.= By G. RICHERT. 16 illus. 33
+ pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1900_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Notes on Water Supply= in new Countries. By F.W. STONE. 18
+ plates, 42 pp. crown 8vo. (_1888_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =The Principles of Waterworks Engineering.= By J.H.T. TUDSBERY
+ and A.W. BRIGHTMORE. Third edition, 13 folding plates, 130
+ illus. 447 pp. demy 8vo. (_1905_)
+
+ _net_ 1 1 0
+
+
+ WORKSHOP PRACTICE.
+
+ =A Handbook for Apprenticed Machinists.= By O.J. BEALE. Second
+ edition, 89 illus., 141 pp. 16mo. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Bicycle Repairing.= By S.D.V. BURR. Sixth edition, 200 illus.
+ 208 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Practice of Hand Turning.= By F. CAMPIN. Third edition, 99
+ illus. 307 pp. crown 8vo. (_1883_)
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Calculation of Change Wheels for Screw Cutting on Lathes.= By
+ D. DE VRIES. 46 illus. 83 pp. 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Milling Machines and Milling Practice.= By D. DE VRIES. With
+ 536 illus. 464 pp. medium 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 14 0
+
+ =French-Polishers' Manual.= By a French-Polisher. 31 pp. royal
+ 32mo, sewed. (_1902_)
+
+ _net_ 0 6
+
+ =Art of Copper Smithing.= By J. FULLER. Third edition, 475
+ illus. 325 pp. royal 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
+
+ _net_ 12 6
+
+ =Saw Filing and Management of Saws.= By R. GRIMSHAW. New
+ edition, 81 illus. 16mo. (_New York, 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Paint and Colour Mixing.= By A.S. JENNINGS. Fourth edition. 14
+ coloured plates, 190 pp. 8vo. (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Mechanician=: a Treatise on the Construction and
+ Manipulation of Tools. By C. KNIGHT. Fifth edition, 96 plates,
+ 397 pp. 4to. (_1897_)
+
+ 18 0
+
+ =Turner's and Fitter's Pocket Book.= By J. LA NICCA. 18mo,
+ sewed
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =Tables for Engineers and Mechanics=, giving the values of the
+ different trains of wheels required to produce Screws of any
+ pitch. By LORD LINDSAY. Second edition, royal 8vo, oblong
+
+ 2 0
+
+ =Screw-cutting Tables.= By W.A. MARTIN. Seventh edition, royal
+ 8vo, oblong
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =Metal Plate Work=, its Patterns and their Geometry, for the
+ use of Tin, Iron and Zinc Plate Workers. By C.T. MILLIS. Fourth
+ edition, 280 diagrams, 470 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ 9 0
+
+ =Engineers' and General Smiths' Work.= The smith and forgeman's
+ handbook of practical smithing and forging. By T. MOORE. 401
+ illus. 248 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Modern Machine Shop Construction=, equipment and management.
+ By O.E. PERRIGO. 208 illus. 343 pp. crown 4to. (_New York,
+ 1906_)
+
+ _net_ 21 0
+
+ =Turner's Handbook on Screw-cutting=, Coning, etc. By W. PRICE.
+ Fcap. 8vo
+
+ 1 0
+
+ =Introduction to Eccentric Spiral Turning.= By H.C. ROBINSON.
+ 12 plates, 23 illus. 48 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Manual of Instruction in Hard Soldering.= By H. ROWELL. Sixth
+ edition, 7 illus. 66 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 3 0
+
+ =Pocket Book on Boilermaking, Shipbuilding=, and the Steel and
+ Iron Trades in General. By M.J. SEXTON. Sixth edition, 85
+ illus. 319 pp. royal 32mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1909_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Power and its Transmission.= A Practical Handbook for the
+ Factory and Works Manager. By T.A. SMITH. 76 pp. fcap. 8vo.
+ (_1910_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Spons' Mechanics' Own Book=: A Manual for Handicraftsmen and
+ Amateurs. Sixth edition, 1430 illus. 720 pp. demy 8vo. (_1903_)
+
+ 6 0
+
+ Ditto ditto half morocco
+
+ 7 6
+
+ =Spons' Workshop Receipts for Manufacturers, Mechanics and
+ Scientific Amateurs.= New and thoroughly revised edition, crown
+ 8vo. (_1909_)
+
+ _each net_ 3 0
+
+ Vol. I. ACETYLENE LIGHTING _to_ DRYING. 223 illus. 532 pp.
+
+ Vol. II. DYEING _to_ JAPANNING. 259 illus. 540 pp.
+
+ Vol. III. JOINTING PIPES _to_ PUMPS. 256 illus. 528 pp.
+
+ Vol. IV. RAINWATER SEPARATORS _to_ WINES. 250 illus. 520 pp.
+
+ =Gauges at a Glance.= By T. TAYLOR. Second edition, post 8vo, oblong,
+ with tape converter. (_1900_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =Simple Soldering=, both Hard and Soft. By E. THATCHER. 52
+ illus. 76 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 18.) (_New
+ York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =The Modern Machinist.= By J.T. USHER. Fifth edition. 257
+ illus. 322 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Practical Wood Carving.= By C.J. WOODSEND. 108 illus. 86 pp.
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1897_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =American Tool Making= and Interchangeable Manufacturing. By
+ J.W. WOODWORTH. 600 illus. 544 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1905_)
+
+ _net_ 17 0
+
+
+ USEFUL TABLES.
+
+ =Weights and Measurements of Sheet Lead.= By J. ALEXANDER.
+ 32mo, roan
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Tables of Parabolic Curves= for the use of Railway Engineers
+ and others. By G.T. ALLEN. Fcap. 16mo
+
+ 4 0
+
+ =Barlow's Tables of Squares=, Cubes, Square Roots, Cube Roots
+ and Reciprocals. Crown 8vo
+
+ 6 0
+
+ =Tables of Squares.= By E.E. BUCHANAN. Ninth edition, 12mo
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Land Area Tables.= By W. CODD. Square 16mo, on a sheet mounted
+ on linen and bound in cloth
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Tables for Setting out Curves= from 101 to 5000 feet radius.
+ By H.A. CUTLER and F.J. EDGE. Royal 32mo
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Transition Curves.= By W.G. FOX. 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Tables of some of the Principal Speeds= occurring in
+ Mechanical Engineering, expressed in Metres per second. By P.
+ KEERAYEFF. 18mo, sewed
+
+ 0 6
+
+ =Calculating Scale.= A Substitute for the Slide Rule. By W.
+ KNOWLES. Crown 8vo, leather
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Planimeter Areas.= Multipliers for various scales. By H.B.
+ MOLESWORTH. Folding sheet in cloth case.
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =Tables of Seamless Copper Tubes.= By I. O'TOOLE. 69 pp. oblong
+ fcap. 8vo. (_1908_)
+
+ _net_ 3 6
+
+ =Rownson's Iron Merchants' Tables= and Memoranda, Weights and
+ Measures. 86 pp. 32mo, leather
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =Spons' Tables and Memoranda for Engineers.= By J.T. HURST,
+ C.E. Twelfth edition, 278 pp. 64mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ Ditto ditto in celluloid case
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Optical Tables and Data=, for the use of Opticians. By Prof.
+ S.P. THOMPSON. Second edition, 130 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1907_)
+
+ _net_ 6 0
+
+ =Traverse Table=, showing Latitudes and Departure for each
+ Quarter degree of the Quadrant, and for distances from 1 to
+ 100, etc.; 18mo, boards.
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+ =Fifty-four Hours' Wages Calculator.= By H.N. WHITELAW. Second
+ edition, 8vo.
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Wheel Gearing.= Tables of Pitch Line Diameters, etc. By A.
+ WILDGOOSE and A.J. ORR. 175 pp. fcap. 32mo. (_1903_)
+
+ _net_ 2 0
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+ =Time Chart.= The time of day at any place in the World at a
+ glance. By Dr. F.J.B. CORDEIRO. On card.
+
+ _net_ 1 0
+
+ =The Atmosphere=: Its Characteristics and Dynamics. By F.J.B.
+ CORDEIRO. With 35 illus. 129 pp. medium 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
+
+ _net_ 10 6
+
+ =Model Steam Engine Design.= By R.M. DE VIGNIER. 34 illus. 94
+ pp. crown 8vo, limp. (_New York, 1907_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+ =Popular Engineering.= By F. DYE. 704 illus. 477 pp. crown 4to.
+ (_1895_)
+
+ _net_ 5 0
+
+ =The Phonograph=, and how to construct it. By W. GILLETT. 6
+ folding plates, 87 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
+
+ 5 0
+
+ =Particulars of Dry Docks=, Wet Docks, Wharves, etc. on the
+ River Thames. By C.N. JORDAN. Second edition, 7 coloured
+ charts, 103 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1904_)
+
+ _net_ 2 6
+
+ =Spons' Engineer's Diary and Year Book=, issued annually. 4to.
+
+ 3 6
+
+ =New Theories in Astronomy.= By W. STIRLING. 335 pp. demy 8vo.
+ (_1906_)
+
+ _net_ 8 6
+
+ =The American Hardware Store.= A Manual of approved methods of
+ arranging and displaying hardware. By R.R. WILLIAMS. 500 illus.
+ 448 pp. royal 8vo. (_New York, 1896_)
+
+ _net_ 7 6
+
+ =Practical Wood Carving.= By C.J. WOODSEND. 108 illus. 86 pp.
+ 8vo. (_New York, 1897_)
+
+ _net_ 4 6
+
+ =Inventions, How to Protect, Sell and Buy Them.= By F. WRIGHT.
+ Crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, No. 10.) (_New York, 1908_)
+
+ _net_ 1 6
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+SCIENCE ABSTRACTS
+
+SECTION A.--PHYSICS. SECTION B.--ENGINEERING.
+
+_ISSUED MONTHLY BY THE_ INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS,
+
+WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
+
+The Physical Society of London, The American Physical Society, The
+American Institute of Electrical Engineers, and The American
+Electro-Chemical Society.
+
+
+Section A.--PHYSICS.
+
+_Annual Subscription_, =18s.= _net, post-free_.
+
+ CONTENTS:--General Physics--Light--Heat--Electricity and
+ Magnetism--Chemical Physics and Electro-Chemistry.
+
+During 1908 and 1909 over 4200 Abstracts and References were included
+under the above headings.
+
+
+Section B.--ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
+
+_Annual Subscription_, =18s.= _net, post-free_.
+
+ CONTENTS:--Steam Plant, Gas and Oil Engines--Industrial
+ Electro-Chemistry, General Electrical Engineering, and
+ Properties and Treatment of Materials--Generators, Motors and
+ Transformers--Electrical Distribution, Traction and
+ Lighting--Telegraphy and Telephony.
+
+During 1908 and 1909 over 2800 Abstracts and References were included
+under the above headings.
+
+_Annual Subscription for Both Sections_, =30s.= _net, post-free_.
+
+_Binding Cases for all Vols. are to be had, price 1s. each (post-free
+1s. 2d.)._
+
+
+E. & F.N. SPON, Ltd., 57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
+
+
+The Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute.
+
+Edited by G.C. LLOYD, _Secretary_.
+
+Published Half-yearly, 8vo, cloth, 16_s._ _net_.
+
+
+The Journal of the Institution of Electrical Engineers.
+
+Edited by P.F. ROWELL, _Secretary_.
+
+
+The Proceedings of the Institution of Municipal and County Engineers.
+
+Edited by THOMAS COLE, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E. _Secretary_.
+
+Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 21_s._ _net_.
+
+
+The Transactions of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy.
+
+Edited by C. MCDERMID, _Secretary_.
+
+Published Annually, boards, 21_s._ _net_, or half-bound, 25_s._ _net_.
+
+
+Transactions of the Institution of Gas Engineers.
+
+Edited by WALTER T. DUNN, _Secretary_.
+
+Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 10_s._ 6_d._ _net_.
+
+
+Proceedings of the International Association for Testing Materials.
+
+(English Edition.)
+
+
+E. & F.N. SPON, Ltd., 57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
+
+
+LONDON: PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED.
+
+
+
+
+ JUST OUT THE LATEST
+
+The
+
+Aeroplane Portfolio
+
+By D. ROSS KENNEDY
+
+
+Containing nine sheets of scale drawings of the following celebrated
+Aeroplanes.
+
+ Biplane type;--Wright, Farman, Voisin, Cody, Herring-Curtis.
+
+ Monoplanes;--Rep, Antoinette, Santos Dumont, and Blériot.
+
+Each of these machines are here shown in End View, Plan and Elevation.
+
+Including booklet which contains a description of each machine.
+
+This timely set of drawings should prove of value to everyone
+interested in this important new industry.
+
+The complete set mailed to any part of the world postpaid on receipt
+of
+
+ _net_ 55c.
+
+ SPON & CHAMBERLAIN
+ PUBLISHERS OF TECHNICAL BOOKS
+ 123-5 Liberty Street,--New York
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The Percy Pierce Flyer
+
+A FAMOUS PRIZE WINNER
+
+ A
+ Large Scale Drawing
+ of this famous model,
+ with all measurements and details
+
+showing a front elevation, a side elevation and a top plan, with full
+descriptive matter. Anybody can make an =EXACT DUPLICATE= of this
+Prize Winner for himself at small cost.
+
+DO IT NOW
+
+Complete set of materials in the rough with drawing and instructions,
+Postpaid, $1.15
+
+The drawing and instructions 15c postpaid
+
+
+
+
+ Make Your Own
+ GLIDER
+
+How to make a 20 ft. Biplane Gliding Machine
+
+That will carry an ordinary man
+
+
+PracticaI handbook on the construction of a Biplane Gliding Machine
+enabling an intelligent reader to make his first step in the field of
+aviation with a comprehensive understanding of some of the principals
+involved. By Alfred Powell Morgan. Contents of Chapters: 1. The
+Framework, Assembling and finishing the wood. 2. Covering the planes,
+Laying out the fabric and fastening it. 3. Trussing, Fastening the tie
+rods and trueing the glider. 4. Gliding flight. The principals
+involved. Instructions and precautions. 5. Remarks. Fully illustrated
+with detail drawings. By Mail. In paper, postpaid, 25c.
+
+In handsome cloth binding, postpaid, 55c.
+
+ =Flying Machines, Past, Present and Future.= A popular account
+ of flying machines, dirigible balloons and aeroplanes.
+ Describing many different kinds of machines, and their chief
+ feature. By A.W. Marshall and Henry Greenly. 138 pages 23
+ illustrations and many plates, 12 mo. boards. By mail 55c.
+
+ =Model Flying Machines.= Their design and construction by W.G.
+ Aston. A first rate little book showing numerous methods of
+ propelling models, making propellors, construction of different
+ kinds of models, etc., etc. 130 pages, 94 illustrations. 12 mo.
+ boards, by mail 55c.
+
+=Model Aeroplanes.= How to Build and Fly Them, by E.W. Twining. A set
+of 5 full-size scale drawings for three different models with
+descriptive illustrated book explaining how to make and fly them.
+
+ Postpaid : : : : 55c
+
+=No. 2 Model.= Complete set of parts in the rough to make up this
+model. (Without drawings),
+
+ Postpaid : : 65c
+
+[Illustration: No. 3 Model]
+
+=No. 3 Model.= Complete set of parts in the rough (without drawings).
+This makes up into a beautiful little model.
+
+ Postpaid : : : : $1.15
+
+
+=Model Gliders, Birds, Butterflies and Aeroplanes.=
+
+How to make and fly them, by E.W. Twining. Consisting of one large
+sheet of 12 butterflies and two birds printed in bright colors. One
+small cardboard Model Glider with descriptive illustrated book showing
+how to make and fly them.
+
+ Postpaid : : : : 55c
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ Transcriber's Notes
+
+ Obvious punctuation and spelling errors and inconsistent hyphenation
+ have been corrected.
+
+ Italic text is denoted by _underscores_ and bold text by =equal signs=.
+
+ The OE ligature has been replaced by the separate characters.
+
+ The fractions ¼, ½ and ¾ are represented using the Latin-1 characters,
+ but other fractions use the / and - symbols, e.g. 3/8 or 2-5/8.
+
+ The exponents 2 and 3 are represented using ² and ³ respectively, but
+ other exponents are indicated by the caret character, for example,
+ v^{1·85}
+
+ Subscripts are simply enclosed in braces, e.g. W{0}.
+
+ Other symbols that cannot be represented have been replaced by words
+ in braces: {alpha}, {pi}, {therefore}, {square root} and
+ {proportional to}.
+
+ The skin friction formulæ given on pages 11 and 128 have been corrected
+ by comparison with other sources. Respectively, the formulæ were
+ originally printed as
+ _f_ = 0·00000778_l_^{9·3}_v_^{1·85}
+ and
+ _f_ = 0·00000778_l_ - ^{00·7}_v_^{1·85}
+
+ In ambiguous cases, the text has been left as it appears in the
+ original book.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Theory and Practice of Model
+Aeroplaning, by V. E. Johnson
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 41135 ***